skoda yeti owners manual

137
SIMPLY CLEVER ŠKODA Yet i OWNER'S MANUAL

Upload: bhargav

Post on 30-Jan-2016

267 views

Category:

Documents


7 download

DESCRIPTION

Owner's manual for Skoda yeti

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

SIMPLY CLEVER

ŠKODA Yet iOWNER'S MANUAL

Page 2: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual
Page 3: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Int roduct ion

You have opted for a ŠKODA – our sincere thanks for your conf idence in us.

Your new ŠKODA offers you a vehicle featuring the most modern engineering and a wide range of equipmentwhich you will undoubtedly wish to use to the full during your daily motoring. That is why, we recommendthat you read this Owner's Manual at tent ively to enable you to become familiar with your car and all that itoffers as quickly as possible.

Please do not hesitate to contact your specialist garage or importer should you have any further quest ions orany problems regarding your vehicle which may arise. He will be ready at any t ime to receive your quest ions,suggest ions and crit icisms.

Nat ional legal provisions, which deviate from the informat ion contained in these operat ing inst ruct ions, takeprecedence over the informat ion contained in the operat ing inst ruct ions.

We wish you much pleasure with your ŠKODA and pleasant motoring at all t imes.

Your ŠKODA AUTO a.s. (hereinafter ŠKODA) £

Page 4: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

On-board lit erature

The on-board literature for your vehicle consists of this “Owner's Man-ual” as well as a “Service schedule” and a “Help on the road”. There canalso be a variety of other addit ional operat ing manuals and inst ruct ionson-board (e.g. an operat ing manual for the radio) depending on the ve-hicle model and equipment .

If one of the publicat ions listed above is missing, please contact a spe-cialist garage immediately, where one will be glad to assist you in suchmatters.

One should note t hat the details given in the vehicle's technical docu-ment at ion always take precedence over those in the Owner's Manual.

Owner's Manual

This Owner's manual describes all possible equipment variants withoutident ifying them as special equipment , model variants or market -de-pendent equipment .

Consequent ly, this vehicle does not need to contain all of the equip-ment components described in this Owner's manual.

The scope of equipment for your vehicle is described in the sales docu-mentat ion you were given when purchasing the car. For more informa-t ion, contact your local ŠKODA retailer.

The illust rat ions can differ in minor details from your vehicle; they areonly intended for general informat ion.

In addit ion to information regarding all the cont rols and equipment , theOwner's Manual also contains important informat ion regarding care andoperat ion for your safety and also to retain the value of your vehicle. Toprovide you with valuable t ips and aids. You will learn how you can op-erate your vehicle safely, economically and in an environmentally con-scious way.

For safety reasons, please also pay at tent ion to the informat ion on ac-cessories, modif icat ions and replacement of parts ⇒  page 207.

The other chapters of the Owner's Manual are also important , however,for proper t reatment of your car - in addit ion to regular care and main-tenance - helps to retain its value and in many cases is also one of thecondit ions for possible warranty claims.

The Service schedulecontains:

● Vehicle data;● Service intervals;● Overview of the service work;● Service proof;● Confirmat ion of mobility warranty (only valid in certain countries);● important informat ion on the warranty.

The confirmations of the carried out service work are one of the condi-t ions for possible warranty claims.

Please always present the Service schedule when you take your car to aspecialist garage.

If the Service schedule is missing or worn, please contact the specialistgarage where your car is serviced regularly. You will receive a duplicate,in which the previously carried out service work are confirmed.

Help on t he road

Contains the most important telephone numbers in individual countriesas well as the addresses and telephone numbers of ŠKODA importers.

2 Int roduct ion

Page 5: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Table of Contents

Layout of t his Owner's Manual(explanat ions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Using t he system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Instruments and warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Overview of the inst rument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Engine revolut ions counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Counter for distance driven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Service reminder indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Shift recommendat ion for changing gears . . . . . . . . . . . 14Mult i-funct ional indicator (onboard computer) . . . . . . . 14MAXI DOT display (informat ion display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Auto Check Cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Locking and Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Child safety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Central locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Synchonisat ion of the remote cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Ant i-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Panoramic sliding roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Lights and Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Interior light ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Windshield wiper and wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Rear-view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Seats and Stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Adjust ing front seats electrically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Middle rear head rest raint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Variable loading floor in the luggage compartment . . 74Variable loading floor with spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Note holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Cigaret te lighter, power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Storage compartment on the front passenger side . . 80Cooling of storage compartment on front passengerside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Storage compartment on the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Stowage compartment in front centre console . . . . . . 82Stowage compartment for spectacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Storage compartment in the front and rear doors . . . . 82Stowage compartment below front passenger seat . . 83Front seat armrest with storage compartment . . . . . . 83Stowage compartment in rear cent re console . . . . . . . 84Storage compartments in the luggage compartment . 84Flexible storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Removable through-loading bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Clothes hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Heat ing and air condit ioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Int roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Air out let vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Air condit ioning system (manual air condit ioningsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Climatronic (automat ic air condit ioning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion) . . 95

Start ing-off and Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Sett ing steering wheel posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Ignit ion lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Start ing the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Front and rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108“(START-STOP)” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Automat ic gearbox DSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Automat ic gearbox DSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Communicat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Mult ifunct ion steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Universal telephone preinstallat ion GSM II . . . . . . . . . . 119Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Music playback via Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Mult imedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Safet y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Passive Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Basic informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Correct seated posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Why seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132The physical principle of a frontal collision . . . . . . . . . . 132Important safety informat ion regarding the use ofseat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133How are seat belts correct ly fastened? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Descript ion of the airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Driver's knee airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

3Table of Cont ents

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 6: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Head airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Deact ivat ing an airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Transport ing children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146What you should know about t ransport ing children! . 146Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Attaching a child seat using the “ISOFIX” system . . . . 151Attaching child seat using the “Top Tether” system . . 152

Driving Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Intelligent technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Elect ronic stability programme (ESP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Ant ilock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Uphill Start Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Elect romechanical power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Diesel part icle f ilt er (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Driving and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162The first 1 500 kilomet res and then afterwards . . . . . . 162Catalyt ic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Driving in an economical and environmentallyconscious manner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Environmental compat ibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Motoring abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Avoiding damage to your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Driving through bodies of water on roads . . . . . . . . . . . 167Off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Towing a t railer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Towing a t railer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Taking care of your vehicle and cleaning thevehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Care of the exterior of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Care of the interior of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Inspect ing and Replenishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Accessories, changes and replacement of parts . 207General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Breakdown assist ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Breakdown assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Space for f irst -aid box and warning t riangle . . . . . . . . . 208Fire ext inguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Tyre repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Jump-start ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216The vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Fuses and light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Elect ric fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Technical dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Used abbreviat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Performances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Ident if icat ion details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Fuel consumpt ion according to the ECE standards andEU guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Other informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Engine oil specificat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Engine 1.2 l/77 kW TSI - EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Engine 1.4 l/90 kW TSI - EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Engine 1.8 lt r./118 kW TSI - EU2, EU5 (1.8 lt r./112 kW TSI- EU5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Engine 1.6 l/77 kW TDI CR - EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Engine 2.0 l/81 kW TDI CR - EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Engine 2.0 l/103 kW TDI CR - EU4, EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine 2.0 l/125 kW TDI CR - EU5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Mult i-purpose vehicles (AF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

4 Table of Contents

Page 7: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

5Table of Cont ents

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 8: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Layout of t his Owner's Manual (explanat ions)The Owner's Manual has been systemat ically designed, in order to make it easyfor you to find and absorb the informat ion you require.

Chapters, table of contents and subject indexThe text of the Owner's manual is divided into relat ively short sect ions which arecombined into easy-to-read chapters. The chapter you are reading at any part icu-lar moment is highlighted at the bot tom right of the page.

The Table of contents is arranged according to the chapters and the detailed Sub-ject index at the end of the Owner's Manual helps you to rapidly f ind the informa-t ion you are looking for.

Sect ionsThe majority of Sect ions apply to all models.

Since there is a wide range of different equipment and opt ions available it is clear-ly unavoidable, despite dividing the contents into sect ions, that ment ion may bemade of equipment which is not f it ted to your vehicle.

Brief informat ion and inst ruct ionsEach sect ion has a Heading.

This is followed by Brief informat ion (in large italic let tering), which tells you thesubject which is dealt with in this sect ion.

Most of the illust rat ions are accompanied by an Inst ruct ion (in relat ively large let -ters) which explains to you in a st raight forward way the act ion you have to take.Work steps which have to be carried out are illust rated with a hyphen.

Direct ion indicat ionsAll direct ion indicat ions such as “left ”, “right ”, “front”, “rear” relate to the direct ionof t ravel of the vehicle.

Explanat ion of symbols� End of a sect ion.

£ The sect ion is cont inued on the next page.

NotesAll four kinds of notes, which are used in the text , are always stated at the end ofthe respect ive sect ion.

WARNINGThe most important notes are marked w it h the heading WARNING. TheseWARNING notes draw your at tent ion to a serious risk of accident or injury.While reading t he t ext you w ill frequent ly encounter a double arrow followedby a small warning symbol. This symbol is intended t o draw your at t ent ion t o aWARNING note at the end of the sect ion to which you must pay careful at t en-t ion.

CAUTIONA Caut ion note draws your at tent ion to the possibilit y of damage to your vehicle(e.g. damage to gearbox), or points out general risks of an accident .

For the sake of the environmentAn Environmental note draws your at tent ion to environmental protect ion as-pects. This is where you will, for example, find t ips aimed at reducing your fuelconsumpt ion.

NoteA normal Note draws your at tent ion in a general way to important informat ion. �

6 Layout of this Owner's Manual (explanat ions)

Page 9: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

7Layout of this Owner's Manual (explanat ions)

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 10: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Fig. 1 Cockpit

8 Cockpit

Page 11: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Using the system

Cockpit

Overview

This overview will help you to quickly familiarise yourself with thedisplays and the control elements.

Electric exterior mirror adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Air out let vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Lever for the mult i-funct ional switch:– Turn signal light , headlight and parking light , headlight f lasher . . 51– Speed regulat ing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Steering wheel:– with horn– with driver airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138– with cont rols for radio, radio navigat ion system and phone . . . . . . 117Inst rument cluster: Inst ruments and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Lever for the mult i-funct ional switch:– Mult i-funct ional indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14– Windshield wiper and wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Air out let vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Cont rol dial for heat ing on the driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Switch for hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Indicator light for a switched off front seat passenger airbag . . . . . . . 145Storage compartment on the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Depending on equipment f it ted:– Radio– Radio navigat ion systemCont rol dial for heat ing on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Storage compartment on the front passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Switch for the front passenger front airbag (in front passengerstowage compartment ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Fuse box (on side of dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Release lever engine compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Control dial for the inst rument light ing and cont rol dial for theheadlight beam range regulat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 50Lever for adjust ing the steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99driver's knee airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Ignit ion lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Switch for TCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Front and rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Cent ral locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Depending on equipment f it ted:– Gearshift lever (manual gearbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102– Selector lever (automat ic gearbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Offroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Depending on equipment f it ted:– Operat ing controls for the heat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88– Operat ing controls for the air condit ioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89– Operat ing controls for Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Note● Cars with factory-fit ted radio or navigat ion system are supplied with separateinst ruct ions for operat ing such equipment .

● The arrangement of the controls and switches and the locat ion of some itemson right -hand drive models may differ from that shown in ⇒  f ig. 1. The symbols onthe controls and switches are the same as for left -hand drive models. �

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

9Cockpit

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 12: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Inst ruments and warning lights

General informat ion

WARNING● Pay at t ent ion primarily t o t he t raf f ic situat ion! As t he driver you are fullyresponsible for road safet y.

● Operate t he cont rols in t he inst rument cluster never while driving, onlywhen t he vehicle is stat ionary! �

Overview of the inst rument cluster

Fig. 2 Inst rument clust er

Engine revolut ions counter ⇒  page 11Speedometer ⇒  page 11

1

2

But ton for display mode:– Set hours/minutes– Act ivat ing/deact ivat ing the second speed in mph or km/h– Service interval - Display of the remaining number of days, kilometres or

miles to the next Inspect ion Service/Reset1) £

3

1) Valid for countries where the values are indicated in Brit ish measuring units.

10 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 13: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Coolant temperature gauge ⇒  page 11Display– with counter for distance driven ⇒  page 12– with Service Interval Display ⇒  page 12– with digital clock ⇒  page 13– with Mult i-funct ional display ⇒  page 14– with Informat ion display ⇒  page 18Fuel gauge ⇒  page 11But ton for:– Reset t rip counter for distance driven– Reset t ing Service Interval Display– Set hours/minutes– Act ivate/deact ivate display mode �

Engine revolut ions counter

The red zone of the rev counter scale 1 ⇒  f ig. 2 indicates the range in which theengine control unit begins to limit the engine speed. The engine control unit re-st ricts the engine speed to a steady limit value.

Shift into the next higher gear or select the selector lever posit ion D of the auto-mat ic gearbox before reaching the red zone of the rev counter scale.

Avoid high engine speeds during the driving t ime and before the engine has beenwarmed up to operat ing temperature ⇒  page 162.

For the sake of the environmentShift ing to a higher gear in good t ime helps to reduce the fuel consumpt ion, mini-mises operat ing noise levels, protects the environment and contributes to a lon-ger life and reliabilit y of the engine. �

Speedometer

Warning against excessive speeds

An acoust ic warning signal will sound when the vehicle speed exceeds 120 kilo-met res per hour. The acoust ic warning signal will switch off again when the vehi-cle speed goes below this speed limit .

4

5

6

7

NoteThis funct ion is only valid for some countries. �

Coolant t emperature gauge

The coolant temperature gauge 4 ⇒  f ig. 2 operates only when the ignit ion isswitched on.

Please pay at tent ion to the following guidelines regarding temperature ranges inorder to avoid damage to the engine:

Cold range

If the pointer is in the left -hand area of the scale it means that the engine has notyet reached its operat ing temperature. Avoid running at high engine speeds, atfull throt t le and at severe engine loads.

The operat ing range

The engine has reached its operat ing temperature as soon as the pointer movesinto the mid-range of the scale. The pointer may also move further to the right athigh engine loads and high outside temperatures. This is not crit ical provided thewarning symbol � in the instrument cluster does not f lash.

If the symbol � in the inst rument cluster f lashes it means that either the coolantt emperature is too high or the coolant level is too low. Please refer to the guide-lines ⇒  page 26, Coolant temperature/Coolant quant ity � .

WARNINGPay at t ent ion t o t he warning notes ⇒  page 190, Working in t he engine com-partment before opening the bonnet and inspect ing t he coolant level.

CAUTIONAddit ional headlights and other at tached components in front of the fresh air inletimpair the cooling eff iciency of the coolant . There is then a risk of the engineoverheat ing at high outside temperatures and high engine loads! �

Fuel gauge

The fuel gauge 6 ⇒  f ig. 2 only operates when the ignit ion is switched on. £

11Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 14: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The fuel tank has a capacity of about 55 lit res or 60 lit res 1). The warning symbol �in the inst rument cluster lights up when the pointer reaches the reserve marking.There are now about 10.5 lit res of fuel remaining in the tank. This symbol is a re-minder for you, t hat you must refuel.

The following is displayed in the informat ion display:

Please refuel!

An audible signal sounds as an addit ional warning signal.

CAUTIONNever run the fuel tank completely empty! An irregular supply of fuel can lead toirregular engine running. Unburnt fuel may get into the exhaust system and dam-age the catalyt ic converter.

NoteAfter f illing up, it can occur that during dynamic driving (e.g. numerous curves,braking, driving downhill and climbing a steep hill) the fuel gauge indicates ap-prox. a fract ion less. When stopping or during less dynamic driving, the correct fuelsupply quant ity is indicated. This effect is not a fault . �

Counter for distance driven

The distance which you have driven with your vehicle is shown in kilomet res (km).In some count ries the measuring unit “mile” is used.

Reset but t on

If you hold the reset but ton 7 ⇒  f ig. 2 pressed for about 1 second, the t rip counteris set back to zero.

Trip counter for distance driven

The t rip counter indicates the distance which you have driven since this counterwas last reset - in steps of 100 met res or 1/10 of a mile.

Counter for dist ance driven

The counter for distance driven indicates the total distance in kilometers or mileswhich the vehicle has been driven.

Fault display

If there is a fault in the inst rument cluster Error will appear cont inuously in thedisplay. Have the fault rect if ied as soon as possible by a specialist workshop.

WARNINGNever seek t o adjust the t rip counter for dist ance driven while driving forsafet y reasons!

NoteIf vehicles which are f it ted with the informat ion display the display of the secondspeed is act ivated in mph or km/h, this driving speed is indicated instead of thecounter for the total distance driven. �

Service reminder indicator

Fig. 3 Service Interval Display: Note

Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle, the text can differ on thedisplay.

Service Interval Display

Before the next service interval a key symbol � and the remaining kilomet res areindicated after switching on the ignit ion ⇒  f ig. 3. At the same t ime, a display ap-pears regarding the remaining days unt il the next service interval.

The following is displayed in the informat ion display:

Service af t er ... km or... days. £

1) Valid for Yet i 4x4

12 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 15: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The kilomet re indicator or the days indicator reduces in steps of 100 km. or daysunt il the service due date is reached.

A flashing key symbol � and the text Service appears in the display for 20 sec-onds as soon as the due date for the service is reached.

The following is displayed in the informat ion display:

Service now!

Display regarding t he distance and days unt il t he follow ing service int erval

You can use the but ton 3 to display the remaining distance driven and the daysunt il the next service interval ⇒  f ig. 2.

A key symbol � and a display regarding the remaining kilomet res appear for 10second in the display. At the same t ime, a display appears regarding the remainingdays unt il the next service interval.

On vehicles which are equipped with an informat ion display, you can call up thisdisplay in the menu Set t ings ⇒  page 20.

The following will be displayed in the informat ion display for 10 seconds:

Service af ter ... km or... days.

Reset t ing Service Interval Display

It is only possible to reset the Service Interval Display, if a service message or atleast a pre-warning is shown on the display of the instrument cluster.

We recommend having this reset t ing performed by a specialist garage.

The specialist garage:

● resets the memory of the display after the appropriate inspect ion;● makes an ent ry in the Service Schedule;● affix the st icker with the ent ry of the following service interval to the side ofthe dash panel on the driver's side.

Reset the service interval displays by using the reset but ton 7 ⇒  f ig. 2 on the t ripcounter.

On vehicles which are equipped with an informat ion display, you can call up thisdisplay in the menu Set t ings ⇒  page 20.

CAUTIONWe recommend that you do not reset the Service Interval Display yourself other-wise this can result in the service interval display being incorrectly set , which mayalso result in problems with operat ion of your vehicle.

Note● Never reset the display between service intervals otherwise this may result inincorrect readouts.

● informat ion is retained in the Service Interval Display also after the bat tery ofthe vehicle is disconnected.

● If the inst rument cluster is exchanged after a repair, the correct values mustbe entered in the counter for the Service Interval Display. This work is carried outby a specialist garage.

● The data displayed is the same after reset t ing the display with f lexible serviceintervals (QG1) is displayed as that for a vehicle with f ixed service intervals (QG2).We therefore recommend having the Service Interval Display reset only by an au-thorised ŠKODA Service Partner who is familiar with the procedure for reset t ingthe display with a vehicle system tester.

● Please refer to the brochure Service schedule for extensive informat ion aboutthe service intervals. �

Digital clock

The t ime is set with the but tons 3 ⇒  f ig. 2 and 7 .

Select the display which you wish to change with the but ton 3 and carry out thechange with the but ton 7 .

On vehicles which are f it ted with the informat ion display, it is possible to set thet ime in the menu Time ⇒  page 20.

WARNINGThe clock should not be adjusted while driving for safet y reasons but onlywhen t he vehicle is stat ionary! �

13Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 16: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Shif t recommendat ion for changing gears

Fig. 4 Recommendat ion for changinggears

An informat ion for the engaged gear A ⇒  f ig. 4 is shown in the display of the in-strument cluster.

In order to minimise the fuel consumpt ion, a recommendat ion for shift ing into an-other gear is indicated in the display.

If the control unit recognises that it is appropriate to change the gear, an arrow Bis shown in the display. The arrow points up or down, depending on whether it isrecommended to shift into a higher or lower gear.

At the same t ime, the recommended gear is indicated instead of the current ly en-gaged gear A . �

Mult i-funct ional indicator (onboard computer)

Int roduct ion

The mult i-funct ional indicator appears in the display ⇒  f ig. 5 or in the informat iondisplay ⇒  page 18 depending on the equipment f it ted to your vehicle.

The mult i-funct ional indicator offers you a range of useful informat ion.

The outside temperature ⇒  page 15

Driving t ime ⇒  page 16

Current fuel consumpt ion ⇒  page 16

Average fuel consumpt ion ⇒  page 16

Range ⇒  page 16

Distance driven ⇒  page 16

Average speed ⇒  page 17

Current speed ⇒  page 17

Oil temperature ⇒  page 17

Warning against excessive speeds ⇒  page 17

On vehicles which are fit ted out with informat ion display, it is possible to switchoff the display of some informat ion.

CAUTIONPull out the ignit ion key while having contact with the display (for example whencleaning) in order to prevent any damage.

Note● In certain nat ional versions the displays appear in the Imperial system ofmeasures.

● If the display of the second speed is act ivated in mph, the current speed is notindicated in km/h on the display. �

Memory

Fig. 5 Mult i-funct ional indicator

The mult i-funct ional indicator is equipped with two automat ic memories. The se-lected memory is displayed in the middle of the display f ield ⇒  f ig. 5.

The data of the single-t rip memory (memory 1) is shown if a 1 appears in the dis-play. A 2 shown in the display means that data relates to the total distance mem-ory (memory 2). £

14 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 17: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Switching over the memory with the help of the but ton B ⇒  f ig. 6 on the wind-screen wiper lever or with the help of the but ton D on the mult ifunct ion steeringwheel ⇒  page 15.

Single-t rip memory (memory 1)

The single-t rip memory collates the driving informat ion from the moment the igni-t ion is switched on unt il it is switched off. New data will also flow into the calcula-t ion of the current driving informat ion if the t rip is cont inued w ithin 2 hours afterswitching off the ignit ion. If the t rip is interrupted for more t han 2 hours, thememory is automat ically erased.

Total-t rip memory (memory 2)

The total distance driven memory gathers data from any number of individualjourneys up to a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes driving or 1 999 kilometres driv-en. 99 hours and 59 minutes driving t ime or 9 999 km driven in vehicles with anInformat ion display. The memory is deleted when either of these limits is reachedand the calculat ion starts from anew.

The total-t rip memory will not , cont rary to the single-t rip memory, be deleted af-ter a period of interrupt ion of driving of 2 hours.

Not eAll informat ion in the memory 1 and 2 is erased if the bat tery of the vehicle is dis-connected. �

Operat ing with the but tons on the windshield wiper lever and onthe mult ifunct ion steering wheel

Fig. 6 Mult i-funct ional indicat or: Cont rols on the w indshield wiper lever/cont rols on t he mul-t ifunct ion steering wheel

The rocker switch A ⇒  f ig. 6 and the but ton B are located on the windshieldwiper lever. Switching over and reset t ing is performed with the handwheel D onthe mult ifunct ion steering wheel.

Select ing t he memory

– After briefly pressing the but ton B on the windshield wiper lever or by brieflypressing the but ton D on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel, you can select thedesired memory.

Select ing t he funct ions with t he help of t he windshield wiper lever

– Press the top or bot tom rocker switch A for longer than 0.5 seconds. In thisway, call up in sequence the individual funct ions of the mult i-funct ional indica-tor.

Select ing t he funct ions with t he help of t he mult ifunct ion steering wheel

– By pressing the but ton C , you can call up the menu of the mult i-funct ional in-dicator.

– Turn the handwheel D upwards or downwards. In this way, call up in se-quence the individual funct ions of the mult i-funct ional indicator.

Set t ing funct ion t o zero

– Select the memory you want .

– Press the but ton B or D for more than 1 second.

The following readouts of the selected memory will be set to zero with the but tonB on the windshield wiper lever or with the but ton D on the mult ifunct ion steer-

ing wheel:

● average fuel consumpt ion,● distance driven,● average speed,● Driving t ime.

You can only operate the mult i-funct ional indicator when the ignit ion is switchedon. After the ignit ion is switched on, the funct ion displayed is the one which youlast selected before switching off the ignit ion. �

Outside temperature

The outside temperature appears in the display when the ignit ion is switched on. £

15Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 18: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

If the outside temperature drops below +4 °C, a snow flake symbol (warning signalfor ice on the road) appears before the temperature indicator and a warning signalsounds. After pressing the rocker switch A at the windshield wiper lever ⇒  f ig. 6or the but ton C at the mult ifunct ion steering wheel ⇒  f ig. 6, the funct ion shownlast is indicated.

WARNINGDo not only rely upon t he informat ion given on t he out side t emperature dis-play t hat t here is no ice on the road. Please note t hat black ice may also bepresent on t he road surface even at t emperatures around +4 °C – warning,drive with care! �

Driving t ime

The driving t ime which has elapsed since the memory was last erased, appears inthe display. If you wish to measure the driving t ime as of a part icular t ime, youmust set the memory to zero at this moment in t ime by pressing the but ton B onthe windshield wiper lever ⇒  f ig. 6 or the handwheel D on the mult ifunct ionsteering wheel ⇒  fig. 6 for longer than 1 second.

The maximum distance indicated in both memories is 19 hours and 59 minutes.99 hours and 59 minutes in vehicles with an Informat ion display. The indicator isset back to null if this period is exceeded. �

Current consumpt ion

The current fuel consumpt ion level is shown in the display in lit res/100 km. Thisinformat ion can help you to adapt your style of driving to the fuel consumpt ionyou wish to achieve.

The display appears in lit res/hour if the vehicle is stat ionary or driving at a lowspeed.

The indicated value will be updated every 0.5 seconds while you are driving. �

Average fuel consumpt ion

The average fuel consumpt ion since the memory was last erased is shown in thedisplay in lit res/100 km ⇒  page 14. This informat ion can help you to adapt yourstyle of driving to the fuel consumpt ion you wish to achieve.

If you wish to determine the average fuel consumpt ion over a certain period oft ime you must set the memory to zero at the start of the measurement using thebutton B on the windshield wiper lever ⇒  f ig. 6 or with the handwheel D on themult ifunct ion steering wheel ⇒  f ig. 6 . A zero appears in the display for the f irst100 m you drive after erasing the memory.

The indicated value will be updated every 5 seconds while you are driving.

NoteThe amount of fuel consumed will not be indicated. �

Range

The est imated range in kilomet res is shown on the display. It indicates the dis-tance you can st ill drive with your vehicle based on the present level of fuel in thetank for the same style of driving.

The readout is shown in steps of 10 km. After light ing up of the indicator light forthe fuel reserve the display is shown in steps of 5 km.

The fuel consumpt ion for the last 50 km is taken as a basis for calculat ing therange. If you drive in a more economical manner from this moment on, the rangewill be increased accordingly.

If the memory is set to zero (after disconnect ing the bat tery), the fuel consump-t ion of 10 lt r./100 km is calculated for the range; afterwards the value is adaptedaccordingly to the style of driving. �

Distance driven

The distance driven since the memory was last erased appears in the display⇒  page 14. If you wish to measure the distance driven of a part icular t ime, youmust set the memory to zero at this moment in t ime by pressing the but ton B onthe windshield wiper lever ⇒  f ig. 6 or the handwheel D on the mult ifunct ionsteering wheel ⇒  f ig. 6.

The maximum distance indicated in both memories is 1 999 km or on vehicles withinformat ion display, it is 9 999 km. The indicator is set back to null if this period isexceeded. �

16 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 19: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Average speed

The average speed since the memory was last erased is shown in the display inkm/hour ⇒  page 14. If you wish to determine the average vehicle speed over a cer-tain period of t ime you must set the memory to zero at the start of the measure-ment using the but ton B on the windshield wiper lever ⇒  fig. 6 or with the hand-wheel D on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel ⇒  fig. 6 .

A zero appears in the display for the f irst approx. 300 m you drive after erasingthe memory.

The indicated value will be updated every 5 seconds while you are driving. �

Current speed

The current speed which is ident ical to the display of the speedometer, is indica-ted on the display 2 ⇒  f ig. 2. �

Oil t emperature

If the oil temperature is lower than 50 °C or if a fault in the system for checkingthe oil temperature is present , three lines are displayed instead of the oil temper-ature. �

Warning against excessive speeds

Adjust t he speed limit while t he vehicle is st at ionary

– With the A but ton on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel ⇒  f ig. 6 or the hand-wheel D on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel ⇒  f ig. 6 , choose the menupoint Warning against excessive speeds.

– Choose the B but ton on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel, or the handwheelD on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel, the act ivate the opt ion for set t ingthe speed limit (the value f lashes).

– Use the A but ton on the windshield wiper lever or the handwheel D on themult i-funct ion steering wheel to set the required speed limit., e.g. 50 km/h.

– Use the B but ton on the windshield wiper lever or the handwheel D on themult i-funct ion steering wheel to confirm the required speed limit , or waitaround 5 seconds. The set t ing saves automat ically (the value stops f lashing).

This allows you to set the speed in 5 km/h intervals.

Adjust the speed limit while the vehicle is moving

– With the A but ton on the mult i-funct ion windshield wiper lever or the hand-wheel D on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel, choose the menu point Warn-ing against excessive speeds.

– You can drive at the desired speed, e.g. 50 km/h.

– Use the B but ton on the mult i-function steering wheel, or the handwheel Don the mult i-funct ion steering wheel to accept the current speed as the speedlimit (the value flashes).

If you wish to change the speed limit that was set , it is changed in 5 km/h inter-vals (e.g. the accepted speed of 47 km/h increases to 50 km/h or decreases to 45km/h).

– Press the B but ton on the windshield wiper lever a second t ime or the hand-wheel D on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel to confirm the required speedlimit , or wait around 5 seconds. The set t ing saves automatically (the valuestops f lashing).

Change or delete speed limit

– With the A but ton on the mult i-funct ion windshield wiper lever or the hand-wheel D on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel, choose the menu point Warn-ing against excessive speeds.

– Press the but ton B on the windshield wiper lever or the handwheel D on themult ifunct ion steering wheel to delete the speed limit .

– Press the but ton B on the windshield wiper lever a second t ime or the hand-wheel D on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel to act ivate the speed limit .

If you exceed the set speed limit , an acoust ic warning signal will sound as a warn-ing. At the same t ime the message Warning against excessive speeds appearswith the set limit value.

The set speed limit remains stored even after switching off the ignit ion.

WARNINGPay at t ent ion primarily to t he t raf f ic situat ion! As the driver you are fully re-sponsible for road safet y. �

17Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 20: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

MAXI DOT display (informat ion display)

Int roduct ion

The informat ion display provides you with informat ion in a convenient way con-cerning the current operat ing state of your vehicle. The informat ion system alsoprovides you with data (depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle) re-lat ing to the radio, mobile phone, mult i-funct ional indicator, radio navigat ion sys-tem, the unit connected to the MDI input and the automat ic gearbox.

Certain funct ions and operat ing condit ions are always being checked on the vehi-cle when the ignit ion is switched on and also while driving.

Funct ional faults, if required repair work and other informat ion are indicated byred symbols ⇒  page 19 and yellow symbols ⇒  page 20.

Light ing up of certain symbols is combined with an acoust ic warning signal.

Informat ion and t ext s giving warnings are also shown in the display ⇒  page 22.

The following informat ion can be shown in the display (depending on the equip-ment installed on the vehicle):

Main menu ⇒  page 18

Door, luggage compartment door and bonnet ajarwarning

⇒  page 19

Service Interval Display ⇒  page 12

Selector lever posit ions for the automat ic gearbox DSG ⇒  page 113

CAUTIONPull out the ignit ion key while having contact with the display (for example whencleaning) in order to prevent any damage. �

Main menu

Fig. 7 Informat ion display: Cont rols on the w indshield w iper lever/cont rols on t he mult ifunc-t ion steering wheel

Operat ing w it h the but t ons on the w indshield w iper lever

– You can act ivate the Main Menu by pressing the rocker switch A ⇒  f ig. 7 formore than 1 second.

– You can select individual menu points by means of the rocker switch A . Whenthe pushbut ton B is briefly pressed, the informat ion you have selected is dis-played.

Operat ing w it h the but t ons on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel

– You can act ivate the Main menu by pressing the rocker switch C ⇒  f ig. 7 formore than 1 second.

– By briefly pressing the C but ton you will reach one level higher.

– You can select the individual menus by pressing the handwheel D . After brief-ly pressing the handwheel D , the desired menu is indicated.

You can select the following informat ion (depending on the equipment installedon the vehicle):

■ MFD ⇒  page 14

■ Audio

■ Navigat ion

■ Phone ⇒  page 120

■ Aux. Heat ing ⇒  page 95

■ Assistants ⇒  page 47 £

18 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 21: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

■ Vehicle status ⇒  page 19

■ Set t ings ⇒  page 20

The menu point Audio is only then displayed when the factory-f it ted car radio isswitched on.

The menu point Navigat ion is only then displayed when the factory-f it ted radionavigat ion system is switched on.

The menu point Aux. heat ing is only then displayed, if the vehicle is factory-f it tedwith auxiliary heat ing.

The menu point Assistant s is only then displayed, if the vehicle is fit ted with cor-nering lights.

Not e● If warning messages are shown in the informat ion display, these messagescan be confirmed with the but ton B on the windshield wiper lever or with thebut ton D on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel in order to call up the main menu.

● If you do not act ivate the informat ion display at that moment, the menu shiftsto one level higher every 10 seconds.

● The operat ion of the factory-fit ted car stereo or radio navigat ion system is de-scribed in separate operat ing inst ruct ions to be found in the on-board literature. �

Door, luggage compartment door and bonnet ajar warning

The door, luggage compartment and bonnet ajar warning lights up if at least onedoor, the luggage compartment or bonnet are not closed. The symbol indicateswhich door is st ill open or whether the luggage compartment door or bonnet isnot closed.

The symbol goes out as soon as the doors, luggage compartment door and bonnetare completely closed.

A warning signal sounds if the car is driven at a speed of more than 6km/hour andif the engine or the luggage compartment door is open. �

Auto Check Cont rol

Car state

The Auto Check Cont rol carries out a check of certain funct ions and vehicle com-ponents. The check is performed constant ly when the ignit ion is switched on,both when the vehicle is stat ionary, as well as when driving.

Some operat ional faults, urgent repairs, service work or other informat ion appearin the display of the inst rument cluster. The displays are shown with a red or yel-low light symbol depending on the priority of the message.

The red symbols indicate danger (priorit y 1) while the yellow symbols indicate awarning (priorit y 2). Informat ion for the driver may also appear in addit ion to thesymbols ⇒  page 22.

There is at least one error message when the term Vehicle status is displayed inthe menu. After select ing this menu the first of the error messages is displayed.Several error messages are shown on the display under the message e.g. 1/3. Thisindicates that the f irst of a total of three error messages is displayed. Invest igatethe displayed faults as soon as possible.

As long as the operat ional faults are not rect if ied, the symbols are always indica-ted again. After the f irst display, the symbols are indicated without informat ion forthe driver.

If a fault occurs, a warning signal will also sound in addit ion to the symbol andtext in the display:

● Priorit y 1 - three warning signals● Priorit y 2 - one warning signal �

Red symbols

A red symbol signals danger.

– Bring the vehicle to a stop.

– Switch the engine off.

– Invest igate the funct ion indicated.

– Obtain professional assistance.

Meaning of the red symbols: £

19Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 22: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

� Engine oil pressure too low ⇒  page 25

�Overheated clutches of the automat icgearbox DSG

⇒  page 30

Three successive warning signals will sound if a red symbol appears. �

Yellow symbols

A yellow symbol signals a warning.

Check the relevant funct ion as soon as possible.

The meaning of the yellow symbols:

�Check engine oil level,engine oil sensor disturbed

⇒  page 191

�Problem with en-gine oil pressure

It is also important to have the vehicle inspectedwithout delay by a specialist garage. The informa-t ion about the maximum permissible engine speedis displayed together with this symbol.

In certain countries, if a yellow symbol appears one warning signal will sound aswell.

If several operat ional faults of priorit y 2 exist , the symbols appear one after theother and are each illuminated for about 5 seconds. �

Set-up

You can change certain set t ings by means of the informat ion display. The currentset t ing is shown on the informat ion display in the respect ive menu at the top be-low the line.

You can select the following informat ion (depending on the equipment installedon the vehicle):

■ Language■ MFD Data■ Convenience■ Light s & Vision■ Time■ Winter t yres

■ Unit s■ Assistants■ Alternat ive speed displayed (Second speed)■ Service Interval■ Factory set t ing■ Back

After select ing the menu point Back you will reach one level higher in the menu.

Language

Here you can set in which language the warning and informat ion texts should bedisplayed.

Displays of t he MFA

Here you can switch off or on certain displays of the mult i-funct ional indicator.

Comfort

Here you can act ivate, deact ivate or adjust the following funct ions:

Rain closing

Switch on/off the funct ion for automat ically closing thewindow and panoramic t ilt / slide sunroof in a locked rainwhen it starts raininga). If the funct ion is set and it is notraining, the windows including the panoramic t ilt /slidesunroof will close automat ically after approx. 12 hours.

Cent ral locking Switch on/off the cent ral locking and automat ic lockingfunct ion.

ATA conf irm Switch on/off the acoust ic signal indicating act ivat ion ofthe ant i-theft alarm system.

Window op. Here you can set the convenience mode only for thedriver window or for all the windows.

Mirror down Switch on/off the funct ion for mirror lowering on thefront passenger side when engaging the reverse gearb).

Mirror adjust . Switch on/off the funct ion for left and right exteriormirror set t ing simultaneously.

Factory set t ingRestore the Convenience factory set t ing.

a) This funct ion is only available on vehicles with a rain sensor.b) This funct ion is only available on vehicles with an elect rically adjustable driver seat . £

20 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 23: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Light s and Visibilit y

Here you can act ivate, deact ivate or adjust the following funct ions:

Coming Home Switch on/off and adjust the light durat ion of the Com-ing Home funct ion.

Leaving Home Switch on/off and adjust the light durat ion of the Com-ing Home funct ion.

Dayl. dri. lightSwitch on/off the “DAY LIGHT” funct ion.

Rear wiper Switch on/off the funct ion for automatic rear windowwiping.

Lane ch. f lash(convenience f lashing)

Switch on/off the convenience f lashing funct ion.

Travel modeSwitch on/off the t ravel model funct ion.

Factory set t ingRestore the factory set t ing for the light ing.

Time

Here you can set the t ime, the t ime format (12 or 24 hour indicator) and the t imechange summer/winter t ime.

Winter t yres

Here you can set at which speed a warning signal should sound. This funct ion isused for e.g winter tyres with the permissible maximum speed less than the maxi-mum speed of the vehicle.

When exceeding the speed, an indicat ion is displayed on the informat ion display:

Winter t yres max. speed ... km/h

Measures

Here you can set the units for temperature, consumpt ion and distance driven.

Assistants

Here you can adjust the tones of the acoust ic signals of the parking aid.

Second speed

Here you can switch on the display of the second speed in mph or in km/h1).

Service

Here you can have the kilomet res st ill to be driven and the days unt il the follow-ing service interval shown and the Service Interval Display reset .

Factory Set t ing

After select ing the menu Factory Set t ing the factory set t ing of the informat iondisplay is established again. �

1) Valid for count ries where the values are indicated in Brit ish measuring units.

21Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 24: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Warning lights

Overview

The warning lights indicate certain funct ions or faults.

Fig. 8 Inst rument cluster w ith warning lights

� Turn signal lights (to the left ) ⇒  page 23

� Turn signal lights (to the right ) ⇒  page 23

� Fog lights ⇒  page 23

� Main beam ⇒  page 23

� Low beam ⇒  page 24

� Rear fog light ⇒  page 24

� Speed regulat ing system ⇒  page 24

� Failure of the light bulbs ⇒  page 24

� Diesel part icle f ilter (diesel engine) ⇒  page 24

� Airbag system ⇒  page 24

� Control system for exhaust ⇒  page 25

� � Elect romechanical power steering ⇒  page 25

Engine oil ⇒  page 25 £

22 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 25: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

��� EPC fault light (petrol engine) ⇒  page 26

� Glow plug system (diesel engine) ⇒  page 26

� Coolant temperature/coolant level ⇒  page 26

� Tract ion control system (TCS) ⇒  page 27

� Electronic stabilit y programme (ESP) ⇒  page 27

� Switch off t ract ion control system (TCS) ⇒  page 27

� Selector lever lock ⇒  page 27

� Tyre pressure ⇒  page 28

� Ant ilock brake system (ABS) ⇒  page 28

� Boot lid ⇒  page 28

� Open door ⇒  page 29

� Seat belt warning light ⇒  page 28

� Fluid level in windshield washer system ⇒  page 29

� Brake system ⇒  page 29

� Handbrake ⇒  page 29

� Generator ⇒  page 29

� Fuel reserve ⇒  page 30

� Downhill Drive Support ⇒  page 30

WARNING● If you do not pay at t ent ion to the warning lights coming on and the corre-sponding descript ions and warning notes, t his may result in severe injuries ormajor vehicle damage.

● The engine compartment of your car is a hazardous area. There is a risk ofinjuries, scalding, accident s and f ire when working in t he engine compart -ment , e.g. inspect ing and replenishing oil and other f luids. It is also essent ialto observe all warnings ⇒  page 190, Working in t he engine compartment .

Note● The arrangement of the indicator lights depends on the model version. Thesymbols shown in the following funct ional descript ion are to be found as indicatorlights in the instrument cluster.

● Operat ional faults are shown in the instrument cluster as red symbols (priorit y1 - danger) or yellow symbols (priorit y 2 - warning). �

Turn signal system � �

Either the left � or right � indicator light f lashes depending on the posit ion of theturn signal lever.

The indicator light flashes at twice it s normal rate if a turn signal light fails. Thisdoes not apply when towing a t railer.

Switching off the hazard warning light system is switched on will cause all of theturn signal lights as well as both indicator lights to f lash.

Further informat ion about the turn signal system ⇒  page 51. �

Fog lights �

The warning light � comes on when the fog lights are operat ing ⇒  page 48. �

Main beam �

The indicator light � comes on when the main beam is selected or also when theheadlight f lasher is operated.

Further informat ion about the main beam ⇒  page 51. �

23Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 26: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Low beam �

The indicator light � comes on when low beam is selected ⇒  page 45. �

Rear fog light �

The warning light � comes on when the rear fog lights are operat ing ⇒  page 49. �

Cruise cont rol �

The warning light � lights up, when operat ing the speed regulat ing system. �

Bulb failure �

The warning light � comes on if a bulb is faulty:● up to 2 seconds after the ignit ion is switched on;● when switching on the defect ive light bulb.

The following text e.g will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Check f ront right dipped beam! �

Diesel part icle f ilter � (diesel engine)

If the warning light � comes on, this means that soot has accumulated in thediesel part icle filter because of the frequent short distances.

In order to clean the diesel part iculate filter, the vehicle should be driven at aneven speed of at least 60 km/h at engine speeds of 1 800 - 2 500 rpm for at least15 minutes or unt il the warning light goes out with the 4th or 5th gear engaged(automat ic gearbox: posit ion S) when the t raff ic situat ion permits it . This increa-ses the exhaust temperature and the soot deposited in the diesel part icle f ilter isburnt .

Always pay at tent ion to the valid speed limits ⇒   .

The warning light � goes out after the successful cleaning of the diesel part iclefilter.

If the f ilter is not properly cleaned, the warning light � does not go out and thewarning light � begins to f lash. The following is displayed in the informat ion dis-play: Diesel-part icle f ilter: Owner's manual! appears. Afterwards the engine con-

trol unit shifts the engine into the emergency mode, which only has a reducedpower output . After switching the ignit ion off and on again the warning light �comes on.

Have the vehicle inspected without delay by your specialist garage.

WARNING● If you do not pay at t ent ion t o t he warning light coming on and t he corre-sponding descript ions and warning notes, this may result in injuries or majorvehicle damage.

● Always adjust your speed t o suit weather, road, region and t raf f ic condi-t ions. The route indicated by t he warning light must not t empt you t o disre-gard t he nat ional regulat ions for road t raf fic.

CAUTIONAs long as the warning light � lights up, one must take into account an increasedfuel consumpt ion and in certain circumstances a power reduct ion of the engine.

NoteFurther informat ion about diesel part icle f ilter ⇒  page 159. �

Airbag system �

Monitoring t he airbag system

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds when the ignit ion is switched on.

There is a fault in the system if the warning light does not go out or f lashes whiledriving ⇒   . This also applies if the warning light does not come on when the ig-nit ion is switched on.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Error: Airbag

The funct ionalit y of the airbag system is also monitored electronically when oneairbag has been switched off.

The follow ing situat ion applies if t he front , side and head airbags or belt t en-sioner have been sw itched of f using t he vehicle system tester:

● The warning light � lights up for 4 seconds after switching on the ignit ion andthen f lashes again for 12 seconds in intervals of 2 seconds.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display: £

24 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 27: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Airbag/belt t ensioner deact ivated

The following sit uat ion applies if t he airbag has been sw it ched of f using t heswit ch for t he airbag in t he f ront passenger storage compartment :

● the warning light � comes on for 4 seconds after the ignit ion has beenswitched on;● switching off the airbag is indicated in the middle of the dash panel by thelight ing up of the yellow indicator light in display ��������� ��� ��� ��� � ⇒  page 145.

WARNINGHave the airbag system checked immediately by a specialist garage if a faultexist s. Otherw ise, t here is a risk of t he airbag not being act ivated in the eventof an accident . �

Cont rol system for exhaust �

The warning light � comes on after the ignit ion has been switched on.

If the warning light does not go out after start ing the engine or it lights up whendriving, a fault exists in an exhaust relevant component . The engine managementsystem selects an emergency programme which enables you to drive to the near-est specialist garage by adopt ing a gent le style of driving. �

Elect romechanical power steering � �

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds when the ignit ion is switched on.

If the warning light after switching on the ignit ion or when driving lights up con-t inuously, a fault exists in the elect romechanical power steering.

● If the yellow warning light lights up � , this indicates a part ial failure of thepower steering and the steering forces can be greater.● If the red warning light lights up � , this indicates a complete failure of thepower steering and the steering assist has failed (significant ly higher steeringforces).

Further informat ion ⇒  page 158.

WARNINGContact your specialist garage if t he power steering is defect ive.

Note● If the yellow warning light � goes out after start ing the engine again and ashort drive, it is not necessary to visit a specialist garage.

● If the bat tery has been disconnected and reconnected, the yellow warninglight � comes on after switching on the ignit ion. The warning light must go outafter driving a short distance. �

Engine oil � �

The warning light � light s up red (low oil pressure)

The warning light comes on for a few seconds 1) when the ignit ion is switched on.

Stop t he vehicle and sw it ch t he engine off if the warning light does not go offafter the engine has started or f lashes while driving. Check the oil level and top upwith oil as necessary ⇒  page 191.

3 peeps sound as an addit ional warning signal.

Do not cont inue your journey if for some reason it is not possible under the con-dit ions prevailing to top up with oil. Keep t he engine sw it ched of f and obtain pro-fessional assistance from a specialist garage, otherwise it could lead to severe en-gine damage.

Do not drive any further if the warning light f lashes even if the oil is at the correctlevel. Do not run the engine not at idling speed either. Contact the nearest spe-cialist garage to obtain professional assistance.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Oil Pressure: Engine of f ! Owner's manual!

The warning light � light s up yellow (oil quant it y too low)

If the warning light lights up yellow, the quant ity of oil in the engine is probablytoo low. Check as soon as possible the oil level or top up ⇒  page 191 with engineoil.

A peep sounds as an addit ional warning signal. £

1) The warning light � on vehicles f it ted with information display does not come on after switchingthe ignit ion on, but only if a fault exists or the engine oil level is too low.

25Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 28: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Check oil level!

The warning light will go out if the bonnet is left open for more than 30 seconds.If no engine oil has been replenished, the warning light will come on again afterdriving about 100 km.

The warning light � f lashes yellow (engine oil level sensor fault y)

A fault on the engine oil level sensor is indicated addit ionally by an audible signaland the warning light coming on several t imes after the ignit ion has been switch-ed on.

In t his case have t he engine inspected without delay by a specialist garage.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Oil sensor: Workshop!

WARNING● If you must st op for technical reasons, t hen park t he vehicle at a safe dis-tance f rom the t raf f ic and switch of f the engine and sw it ch on the hazardwarning light system ⇒  page 50.

● The red oil pressure light � is not an oil level indicator! One should t here-fore check t he oil level at regular int ervals, preferably af t er every refuellingstop.

● Pay at t ent ion t o t he follow ing inst ruct ions ⇒  page 190 before checkingthe coolant f luid level and opening t he bonnet . �

EPC fault light ��� (pet rol engine)

The ��� (Elect ronic Power Control) warning light comes on for a few seconds whenthe ignit ion is switched on.

If the warning light ��� does not go out or lights up after start ing the engine, afault exists in the engine control. The engine management system selects anemergency programme which enables you to drive to the nearest specialist ga-rage by adopt ing a gent le style of driving. �

Glow plug system � (diesel engine)

The warning light � lights up for a cold engine when switching on the ignit ion(pre-heat posit ion) 2 ⇒  page 99. Start the engine after the indicator light goesout.

The glow plug indicator light will come on for about 1 second if the engine is at anormal operat ing t emperature or if the outside temperature is above +5 °C. Thismeans that you can start the engine right away.

There is a fault in the glow plug system if the warning light � does not come onor lights up cont inuously; contact a specialist garage as soon as possible to ob-tain assistance.

If the warning light � begins to f lash while driving, a fault exists in the enginecont rol. The engine management system selects an emergency programme whichenables you to drive to the nearest specialist garage by adopt ing a gent le style ofdriving. �

Coolant temperature/Coolant quant ity �

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds 1) when the ignit ion is switchedon.

The coolant temperature is too high or the coolant level too low if the warninglight � does not go out or f lashes while driving.

3 peeps sound as an addit ional warning signal.

In this case stop and switch the engine of f and check the coolant level; top upthe coolant as necessary.

Do not cont inue your journey if for some reason it is not possible under the con-dit ions prevailing to top up with coolant . Keep the engine sw it ched off and obtainprofessional assistance from a specialist garage, otherwise it could lead to severeengine damage.

If the coolant is within the specif ied range, the increased temperature may becaused by an operat ing problem at the coolant fan. Check the fuse of the coolantfan, replace it if necessary ⇒  page 221, Fuse assignment in engine compartment . £

1) The warning light � on vehicles f it ted with information display does not come on after switching theignit ion on, but only if the coolant temperature is too high or the coolant level is too low.

26 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 29: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Do not cont inue driving if the warning light does not go off although the f luid isat the correct level and also the fuse of the fan is in proper order. Contact a spe-cialist garage to obtain assistance.

Please refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 193, Cooling system.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Check coolant ! Owner's manual!

WARNING● If you must st op for technical reasons, t hen park t he vehicle at a safe dis-t ance f rom the t raf f ic and sw it ch of f t he engine and sw it ch on t he hazardwarning light system ⇒  page 50.

● Take care when opening t he coolant expansion bot t le. If t he engine is hot ,t he cooling system is pressurized - risk of scalding! It is best t o allow t he en-gine t o cool down before removing the cap.

● Do not t ouch t he coolant fan The coolant fan may sw it ch on automat icallyeven if t he ignit ion is of f . �

Tract ion cont rol system (TCS) �

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds when the ignit ion is switched on.

The warning light comes on when driving when a cont rol cycle is act ivated.

The warning light lights up permanent ly if there is a fault in the TCS system.

The fact that the TCS system operates together with the ABS means that the TCSwarning light will also come on if the ABS system is not operat ing properly.

If the warning light � comes on immediately after start ing the engine, the TCSsystem can be switched off for technical reasons. In this case, the TCS system canbe switched on again by switching the ignit ion on and off. If the warning lightgoes out , the TCS system is fully funct ional again.

Further informat ion about the TCS ⇒  page 154, Tract ion control system (TCS).

Not eIf the bat tery has been disconnected and reconnected, the warning light � comeson after switching on the ignit ion. The warning light must go out after driving ashort distance. �

Ant i-spin regulat ion (ASR) �

The TCS system is switched off by pressing the but ton ⇒  fig. 138 and the warninglight � lights up. �

Elect ronic stabilit y programme (ESP) �

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds when the ignit ion is switched on.

When the ESP is just act ively stabilizing the vehicle, the warning light � f lashes inthe inst rument cluster.

The warning light lights up permanent ly if there is a fault in the ESP system.

The fact that the ESP system operates together with the ABS means that the ESPwarning light will also come on if the ABS system is not operating properly.

If the warning light � comes on immediately after start ing the engine, the ESPsystem can be switched off for technical reasons. In this case, the ESP system canbe switched on again by switching the ignit ion on and off. If the warning lightgoes out , the ESP system is fully funct ional again.

Further informat ion on the ESP ⇒  page 153, Electronic stabilit y programme (ESP).

Elect ronic Dif ferent ial Lock (EDL)

The EDL is a part of the ESP. A fault in the EDL is indicated by the light ing up ofthe ESP warning light in the inst rument cluster. Have the vehicle inspected imme-diately by your specialist garage. Further informat ion on the EDL ⇒  page 154,Electronic Different ial Lock (EDL).

NoteIf the bat tery has been disconnected and reconnected, the warning light � comeson after switching on the ignit ion. The warning light must go out after driving ashort distance. �

Selector lever lock �

If the green warning light � lights up, operate the brake pedal. This is necessary,in order to be able to move the selector lever out of the posit ion P or N.

Further informat ion about the selector lever lock ⇒  page 114. �

27Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 30: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Tyre inf lat ion pressure �

The warning light � lights up, if there is a substant ial drop in inflat ion pressure inone of the tyres. Reduce the speed and check or correct as soon as possible theinflat ion pressure in the tyres ⇒  page 201.

An audible signal sounds as an addit ional warning signal.

If the warning light f lashes, there is a system fault . Visit the nearest specialist ga-rage and have the fault rect if ied.

Further informat ion about the tyre pressure monitoring system ⇒  page 158.

WARNING● When the warning light � light s up, immediately reduce t he speed andavoid sudden steering and brake manoeuvres. Please stop t he vehicle withoutdelay at the nearest possible stop and inspect the t yres and their inf lat ionpressures.

● Under cert ain circumstances (e.g. sport y style of driving, wint ry or unpavedroads) t he warning light � can be delayed or does not light up at all.

NoteIf the bat tery has been disconnected, the warning light � comes on after switch-ing on the ignit ion. The warning light must go out after driving a short distance. �

Ant ilock brake system (ABS) �

The warning light � shows the funct ionalit y of the ABS.

The warning light comes on for a few seconds after the ignit ion has been switch-ed on or when start ing the engine. The warning light goes out after an automat iccheck sequence has been completed.

A fault in t he ABS

The system is not funct ioning properly if the ABS warning light � does not go outwithin a few seconds after switching on the ignit ion, does not light up at all orlights up while driving. The vehicle will only be braked by the normal brake sys-tem. Visit a specialist garage immediately and adjust your style of driving appropri-ately as you will not know how great the damage is.

Further informat ion about ABS ⇒  page 157, Antilock brake system (ABS).

A fault in t he ent ire brake system

If the ABS warning light � comes on together with the brake system warninglight � (handbrake must be released), there is a fault not only in the ABS but alsoin another part of the brake system ⇒   .

WARNING● If t he brake system warning light � comes on together with t he ABSwarning light � st op t he vehicle immediately and check t he brake f luid levelin t he reservoir ⇒  page 195, Brake f luid. If the f luid level has dropped belowthe MIN marking, do not drive any furt her - risk of accident ! Contact a Škodadealer to obtain professional assist ance.

● Pay at tent ion t o t he follow ing inst ruct ions ⇒  page 190, Working in t he en-gine compartment before checking t he brake f luid level and opening the bon-net .

● If t he brake f luid is at t he correct level, the ABS cont rol funct ion has failed.The rear wheels may then block very rapidly when braking. In certain circum-stances, t his can result in the rear end of the car breaking away - risk of skid-ding! Drive carefully t o t he nearest specialist garage and have the fault rect i-f ied. �

Seat belt warning light �

The warning light � comes on after the ignit ion is switched on as a reminder forthe driver and front passenger to fasten the seat belt . The warning light only goesout if the driver or front passenger has fastened his seat belt .

If the seat belt has not been fastened by the driver or front passenger, a perma-nent warning signal sounds at vehicle speeds greater than 20 km/h and simulta-neously the warning light � f lashes.

If the seat belt is not fastened by the driver or front passenger during the next 90seconds, the warning signal is deact ivated and the warning light � lights up per-manent ly.

For further informat ion on the seat belts ⇒  page 132, Seat belts. �

Boot lid �

The warning light � comes on when the ignit ion is switched on if the luggagecompartment door is open. If the boot lid opens while driving � , the warning lightlights up and an audible signal sounds. £

28 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 31: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

An audible signal sounds as an addit ional warning signal.

The warning light comes on even when the ignit ion is switched off. The warninglight lights up for a maximum of 5 minutes.

In vehicles with an informat ion display, this warning light is replaced by a vehiclesymbol ⇒  page 19 �

Open door �

The warning light � comes on, if one or several doors are opened. If one of thedoors opens while driving, the warning light lights � up and an audible signalsounds.

The warning light comes on even when the ignit ion is switched off. The warninglight lights up for a maximum of 5 minutes.

In vehicles with an informat ion display, this warning light is replaced by a vehiclesymbol⇒  page 19 �

Windshield washer f luid level �

The warning light � comes on when the ignit ion is switched on if there is insuffi-cient f luid in the windshield washer system. Top up with liquid ⇒  page 199.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Top up wash f luid! �

Brake system �

The warning light � lights up when the brake f luid level is too low or there is afault in the ABS.

if the warning light flashes � and an audible signal sounds three t imes, st op andcheck the brake f luid level ⇒   .

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Brake f luid: Owner's manual

If there is a fault in the ABS which also influences the funct ion of the brake sys-tem (e.g. dist ribut ion of brake pressure), the ABS warning light � comes on and atthe same t ime the brake system warning light starts f lashing � . Be aware thatnot only the ABS but also another part of th brake system is defect ive ⇒   .

An audible signal sounds three t imes as an addit ional warning signal.

One should get used to high pedal forces, long braking distances and long freeplay of the brake pedal when driving to the next specialist garage.

For further informat ion on the brake system ⇒  page 155, Brakes.

WARNING● Pay at t ent ion to t he follow ing inst ruct ions ⇒  page 190, Working in t he en-gine compartment before checking the brake f luid level and opening t he bon-net .

● If t he brake system warning light � does not go out a few seconds af t ersw it ching on the ignit ion or comes on when driving, st op immediately andcheck t he brake f luid in the reservoir ⇒  page 195. If the f luid level has drop-ped below the MIN marking, do not drive any furt her - risk of accident ! Contacta Škoda dealer t o obtain professional assistance. �

Handbrake �

The warning light � comes on if the handbrake is applied. An audible warning isalso given if you drive the vehicle for at least 3 seconds at a speed of more than 6km/h.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Release parking brake! �

Alternator �

The warning light � comes on after the ignit ion has been switched on. It shouldgo out after the engine has started.

If the warning light does not go out after the engine has started, or comes onwhen driving, drive to the nearest specialist garage. The vehicle bat tery will bedischarged in this case so switch off all non-essent ial electrical components.

CAUTIONIf the warning light � comes on when driving and in addit ion the warning light �(cooling system fault ) also comes on in display, you must then stop the car imme-diately and switch the engine off - risk of engine damage! �

29Inst ruments and warning lights

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 32: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Fuel reserve �

The warning light � comes on, if the fuel level is st ill below 10.5 lit res.

An audible signal sounds as an addit ional warning signal.

The following text will be displayed in the informat ion display:

Please refuel! Range...km

NoteThe Text in the informat ion display goes out only after refuelling and driving ashort distance. �

Downhill Drive Support �

The warning light � comes on for a few seconds when the ignit ion is switched on.

The warning light comes on when the speed of the car is less than 30 km/h andafter pressing the Offroad but ton ⇒  page 160.

The warning light flashes when the Downhill Drive Support act ively intervenes.

If your vehicle exceeds the speed of 30 km/h, the Downhill Drive Support is deac-t ivated. The warning light goes out . If the speed is subsequent ly reduced below30 km/h, the Downhill Drive Support is act ivated. The warning light comes on.

The Downhill Drive Support is act ivated again when the engine is switched offand the car is restarted within 30 seconds.

The Downhill Drive Support is deact ivated after switching off the ignit ion.

In the event of a fault , the warning light does not come on when the speed of thecar is less than 30 km/h and after pressing the Offroad but ton.

Further informat ion about the Offroad system ⇒  page 160, Off-road. �

Temperature of t he clut ches of t he automat ic gearbox DSG �

In the event that the temperature of the clutches of the automat ic gearbox DSG istoo high, the symbol and the warning are shown in the � Informat ion display:

Gearbox overheated. Stop! Owner's man.!

An audible signal sounds as an addit ional warning signal.

WARNINGIf you must stop for technical reasons, then park t he vehicle at a safe dist ancefrom the t raff ic and switch of f the engine and sw it ch on the hazard warninglight system.

CAUTIONIn the event that the clutches of the automat ic gearbox have overheated, bringthe vehicle to a stop and switch off the engine. You must wait until the symbol �and the warning go out - risk of gearbox damage! You can cont inue the t rip assoon as the symbol and the warning go out . �

30 Inst ruments and warning lights

Page 33: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Locking and Unlocking

Vehicle key

Descript ion

Fig. 9 Set of keys w ithout remote cont rol/Keys with remote cont rol key

Two keys are provided with the vehicle. Depending on the equipment, your vehi-cle can be equipped with keys without radio remote cont rol ⇒  f ig. 9 - left , or withradio remote control ⇒  f ig. 9 - right .

WARNING● Always wit hdraw the key whenever you leave t he vehicle - even if it is onlyfor a short t ime. This is part icularly important if children are lef t in t he vehicle.The children might otherw ise start t he engine or operate elect rical equipment(e.g. power windows) - risk of injury!

● Do not wit hdraw the ignit ion key f rom the ignit ion lock unt il the vehiclehas come to a stop. The steering lock might otherw ise engage unintent ionally- risk of accident !

CAUTION● Each key contains elect ronic components; therefore protect them againstmoisture and severe shocks.

● Keep the groove of the keys absolutely clean as impurit ies (text ile f ibres, dustetc.) have a negat ive effect on the proper operat ion of the locking cylinder and theignit ion lock.

NotePlease approach an authorised ŠKODA Service Partner if you lose a key since hecan obtain a new one for you. �

Changing the bat tery in t he remote cont rol key

Fig. 10 Remote cont rol key - remove cover/ remove bat t ery

Each remote control key contains a bat tery which is housed under the cover B⇒  fig. 10. If the bat tery is discharged, the red warning light A does not f lash afteryou press a but ton on the remote control key ⇒  f ig. 9. We recommend that youhave the bat teries of the key replaced by an authorised ŠKODA Service Partner.You should, however, proceed as follows if you wish to replace the dischargedbattery yourself:

– Fold open the key.

– Press off the bat tery cover with your thumb or using a f lat screwdriver at thepoints of the arrows 1 from ⇒  f ig. 10.

– Remove the discharged bat tery from the key by pressing the bat tery down-wards at the point of the arrow 2 ⇒  f ig. 10.

– Insert the new bat tery. Ensure that the “+” symbol on the bat tery is facing up-wards. The correct polarit y is shown on the bat tery cover.

– Posit ion the battery cover on the key and press on it unt il it is heard to lock inplace. £

31Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 34: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

For t he sake of the environmentDispose of a used bat tery in accordance with environmental regulat ions.

Note● Pay at tent ion to the correct polarit y when changing the bat tery.

● The replacement bat tery must have the same specif icat ion as the original bat -tery.

● If it is st ill not be possible to unlock or lock the vehicle with the remote controlkey even after replacing the bat tery, this means that the system has to besynchronised ⇒  page 38. �

Elect ronic immobiliser

The electronic immobiliser prevents the vehicle being operated byan unauthorised person.

An elect ronic chip is integrated in the head of the key. The immobiliser is deact iva-ted with the aid of this chip when the key is inserted in the ignit ion lock. The elec-t ronic immobiliser is automat ically act ivated when you withdraw the ignit ion keyfrom the lock.

NoteIt is only possible to start the engine of your car with a Genuine ŠKODA key withthe matching code. �

Child safet y lock

The child safety lock prevents the rear door from being openedfrom the inside.

Fig. 11 Child safety locks on t he reardoors

The rear doors are equipped with a child safety lock. You can switch the childsafety lock on and off using the vehicle key.

Swit ching child safet y lock on

– Use the vehicle key to turn the slit in the rear door to the left in the direct ionof the arrow ⇒  f ig. 11.

Swit ching child safet y lock of f

– Use the vehicle key to turn the slit to the right against the direct ion of the ar-row.

So long as the child safety lock is switched on it is not possible to open the doorfrom the inside with the door opening lever. In this case the door can be openedonly from the outside. �

32 Locking and Unlocking

Page 35: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Cent ral locking system

Descript ion

When using the cent ral locking and unlocking system, all the doors and the fuelfiller f lap are locked or unlocked at the same t ime (if it was not set different ly inthe menu point Set t ings - Convenience of the informat ion display). The boot lid isunlocked when opening. It can be opened by pressing the hand grip above the li-cence plate ⇒  page 36.

Operat ion of the cent ral locking system is possible:

● from the outside using the vehicle key ⇒  page 34,● using the but ton for the cent ral locking system ⇒  page 35,● with a remote cont rol key ⇒  page 37,

Indicator light in t he driver's door

After locking the vehicle, the warning light f lashes for around 2 seconds in quicksuccession, afterwards it begins to flash evenly at longer intervals.

If the vehicle is locked and the safe securing system ⇒  page 34 is not operat ing,the indicator light in the driver door f lashes for about 2 seconds fast , goes out andstarts to f lash evenly at longer intervals after about 30 seconds.

If the indicator light f irst of all flashes fast for about 2 seconds, afterwards lightsup for about 30 seconds and then f lashes slowly, there is a fault in the system ofthe central locking or the interior monitor ⇒  page 39. Visit a specialist garage toobtain assistance.

Convenience operat ion of w indows

One can open and close the electrically powered windows when unlocking andlocking the vehicle ⇒  page 41.

Opening a single door

This funct ion makes it possible to only unlock the driver's door. The other doorsand the fuel f iller f lap remain locked and are only unlocked after repet it ive unlock-ing.

This funct ion can be act ivated/deact ivated by a specialist garage.

On vehicles with an informat ion display, this funct ion can be switched on in themenu Set t ings Convenience - Door open.

Unlocking a vehicle side door

This select ion funct ion enables to unlock both doors on the driver's side. The oth-er doors and the fuel f iller f lap remain locked and are only unlocked after repet i-t ive unlocking.

You can have the funct ion opening a single door act ivated by an authorisedŠKODA Service Partner on request or you can act ivate it yourself with the aid ofthe Informat ion display ⇒  page 20.

Automat ic locking and unlocking

All the doors and the boot lid are locked automat ically once the car reaches aspeed of about 15 km/h.

If the ignit ion key is withdrawn, the car is then automat ically unlocked again. Inaddit ion, it is possible for the driver to unlock the car by pressing the central lock-ing but ton � or by pulling the door opening lever.

This funct ion can be act ivated/deact ivated by a specialist garage.

On vehicles with an informat ion display, this funct ion can be switched on in themenu Set t ings Convenience - Door open.

WARNINGLocking t he doors prevent s t hat doors open on their own in an except ional sit -uat ion (accident ). Locked doors also prevent unauthorised ent ry int o t he vehi-cle f rom outside, for example at road crossings. Locked doors do, however,make it more dif f icult for rescuers t o get int o t he vehicle in an emergency -danger to life!

Note● In the event of an accident in which the airbags are deployed, the locked doorsare automat ically unlocked in order to enable rescuers to gain access to the vehi-cle.

● Only the front door which is f it ted with a locking cylinder can be unlocked andlocked using the key if the central locking system fails. You can lock or unlockmanually the other doors and the boot lid.

– Emergency locking of the door ⇒  page 35.– Emergency unlocking of the boot lid ⇒  page 36. �

33Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 36: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Safe securing

The cent ral locking system is equipped with a safe securing system. Locking thevehicle from the outside causes the door locks to be automat ically blocked. Thewarning light flashes for around 2 seconds in quick succession, afterwards it be-gins to f lash evenly at longer intervals. It is not possible to open the doors withthe door handle either from the inside or from the outside. This acts as an effec-t ive deterrent for at tempts to break into your vehicle.

You can deact ivate the safe securing system by locking twice within 2 seconds.

If the safe securing system is not operat ing, the warning light in the driver doorflashes for about 2 seconds fast , goes out and starts to f lash evenly at longer in-tervals after about 30°seconds.

The safe securing system is again act ivated the next t ime the vehicle is unlockedand locked again.

If the vehicle is locked and the safe securing system is deact ivated, you can openthe vehicle from the inside by pulling on the door opening lever. The door is un-locked and opened at the same t ime.

WARNINGIf t he vehicle is locked f rom the out side and the safe securing system is act i-vated, t here must not be any person and animals in t he vehicle as it is t hennot possible t o open eit her a door or a w indow from the inside. The lockeddoors make it more dif f icult for rescuers to get int o t he vehicle in an emergen-cy - hazard!

Note● The ant i-theft alarm system is also act ivated with the deact ivated safe secur-ing system when locking the vehicle. The interior monitor is however not act iva-ted.

● When act ivat ing the Safelock funct ion after you lock the vehicle, the messageCHECK DEADLOCK will appear to inform you about this. In vehicles equipped withan informat ion display, the message Check deadlock! appears Owner's manual!(CHECK DEADLOCK appears. �

Unlocking the vehicle using the key

Fig. 12 Turning the key for unlockingand locking the vehicle

– Turn the key in the locking cylinder of the driver's door in the direct ion of t rav-el (unlock posit ion) A ⇒  f ig. 12.

– Pull on the door handle and open the door.

● All the doors (only the driver's door on vehicles with ant i-theft alarm system)and the fuel f iller f lap are unlocked.● The boot lid is then unlocked.● The switched on interior lights come on over the door contact .● The safe securing system is deact ivated.● The windows open while the key is held in the unlock posit ion.● The indicator light in the driver door stops f lashing if the car is not f it ted withan ant i-theft alarm system ⇒  page 38.

NoteIf the vehicle is equipped with an ant i-theft alarm system, you must insert the keyinto the ignit ion lock and switch the ignit ion on within 15 seconds after unlockingthe door in order to deact ivate the ant i-theft alarm system. The alarm w ill be t rig-gered if you do not sw itch on the ignit ion within 15 seconds. �

Locking the vehicle with the key

– Turn the key in the locking cylinder of the driver's door in the opposite direc-t ion of t ravel (lock posit ion) B ⇒  f ig. 12.

● The doors, the boot lid and the fuel filler f lap are locked.● The switched on interior lights will switch off over the door contact . £

34 Locking and Unlocking

Page 37: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● The windows and the elect ric sliding/ t ilt ing roof close while the key is held inthe lock posit ion.● The safe securing system is act ivated immediately.● The indicator light in the driver door begins f lashing.

Not eIf the driver's door has been opened, the vehicle cannot be locked. �

But ton for t he cent ral locking system

Fig. 13 Cent re console: Cent ral lockingsyst em

If the vehicle was not locked from the outside, you can also unlock and lock it withthe rocker switch without the ignit ion switched on.

Locking all doors and t he boot lid

– Press but ton 1 ⇒  f ig. 13. The symbol � in the but ton comes on.

Unlocking all doors and t he boot lid

– Press but ton 2 ⇒  f ig. 13. The symbol � goes out in the but ton.

The following applies if you have locked your vehicle using the but ton 1 :

● It is not possible to open the doors or the boot lid from the outside (safety fea-ture, e.g. when stopping at t raff ic lights etc.).● You can unlock the doors individually from the inside and open them by pullingthe door opening lever.

● As long as one door is opened1), the vehicle cannot be locked in order to avoidinadvertent ly locking the key in the vehicle.● In the event of an accident in which the airbags are deployed, the locked doorsare automat ically unlocked from the inside in order to enable rescuers to gain ac-cess to the vehicle.

By pressing and holding the but ton 1 or 2 , you can convenient ly close or openthe windows ⇒  page 41.

WARNINGThe cent ral locking system also operates if the ignit ion is swit ched of f . All t hedoors and t he boot lid are locked. Children should never be lef t unat t ended inthe vehicle since it is diff icult t o provide assistance f rom the out side when t hedoors are locked. Locked doors make it dif f icult for rescuers t o get into the ve-hicle in an emergency - hazard!

NoteThe door opening lever and the but tons for the cent ral locking system do not op-erate when the safe securing system is act ivated ⇒  page 34. �

Emergency locking of t he doors

Fig. 14 Rear door: Emergency locking ofthe door

An emergency locking mechanism is located on the rear side of the doors whichhave no locking cylinder; it is only visible after opening the door.

Locking

– Remove the panel A ⇒  fig. 14. £

1) Is not valid for the boot lid.

35Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 38: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

– Insert the key into the slot B and turn it into the horizontal posit ion in thedirect ion of the arrow (mirror-inverted on the right doors).

– Re-insert the panel.

After closing the door, you can no longer open it from outside. The door can beunlocked from the inside by pulling on the door handle again, and then openedfrom the outside. �

Boot lid

Fig. 15 Handle of boot lid

Open the boot lid by pressing the hand grip above the licence plate after unlock-ing the vehicle using the key or the radio remote cont rol.

Opening t he boot lid

– Press on the handle ⇒  f ig. 15 and at the same t ime raise the boot lid.

Closing the boot lid

– Pull the boot lid down and close it with a slight swing ⇒   .

A handle which makes the closing easier is located on the inner paneling of theboot lid.

WARNING● Ensure t hat t he lock is properly engaged af t er closing t he boot lid. Other-wise, t he boot lid might open suddenly when driving even if t he boot lid lock isclosed - risk of accident !

● Never drive w it h the boot lid fully opened or slight ly ajar otherwise ex-haust gases may get int o t he interior of t he vehicle - risk of poisoning!

● Do not press on t he rear window when closing t he boot lid, it could crack -risk of injury!

Note● After closing t he boot lid, it is automat ically locked within 1 second and t heant i-t heft alarm system is act ivated. This applies only if the vehicle was lockedbefore closing the boot lid.

● The funct ion of the hand grip above the licence plate is deact ivated whenstart ing off or as of a speed of more than 5 km/hour for vehicles with cent ral lock-ing. The funct ion of the hand grip is act ivated again when the vehicle has stoppedand a door is opened. �

Emergency unlocking of the boot lid

Fig. 16 Emergency unlocking of the bootlid

If there is a fault in the cent ral locking, you can open the boot lid as follows:

– Fold the backrest of the rear seat forwards ⇒  page 66.

– Insert a screwdriver or similar tool into the opening in the t rim in the direct ionof arrow 1 ⇒  f ig. 16 to the stop.

– Unlock the lid in direct ion of arrow 2 .

– Open the boot lid/ luggage compartment door. �

36 Locking and Unlocking

Page 39: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Remote cont rol

Descript ion

You can use the remote cont rol key:● to unlock and lock the car,● unlocking boot lid,● elect rically open and close the windows.

The t ransmit ter with the bat tery is housed in the handle of the remote cont rolkey. The receiver is located in the interior of the car. The operat ing range of theremote cont rol key is approx. 10 m. But this range of the remote cont rol can bereduced if the bat teries are weak.

The key has a fold-open key bit which can be used for unlocking and locking thecar manually and also for start ing the engine.

If a lost key is replaced or if the receiver unit has been repaired or a new unit in-stalled, it is then necessary for an authorised ŠKODA Service Partner to init ialisethe system. Only after this is it possible to again use the remote cont rol key.

Not e● The remote cont rol is automat ically deact ivated when the ignit ion is switchedon.

● The operat ion of the remote control may temporarily be affected by interfer-ence from t ransmit ters close to the car and which operate in the same frequencyrange (e.g. mobile phone, TV t ransmit ter).

● The bat tery must be replaced if the cent ral locking or ant i-theft alarm systemdoes react to the remote cont rol at less than 3 metres away ⇒  page 31.

● If the driver door is opened, the vehicle cannot be locked using the remotecontrol. �

Unlocking and locking car

Fig. 17 Remote cont rol key

– Press the but ton 1 ⇒  f ig. 17 for about 1 second.

Locking the vehicle �

– Press but ton 3 for about 1 second.

Deact ivat ing safe securing system

– Press but ton 3 twice in 2 seconds. Further informat ion ⇒  page 34.

Boot lid remote release �

– Press but ton 2 for about 1 second. Further informat ion ⇒  page 36.

Folding out of t he key

– Press but ton 4 .

Folding up of the key

– Press but ton 4 and collapse the key bit in the housing.

The turn signal lights f lash twice as confirmat ion that the vehicle has been un-locked. The vehicle will lock again automat ically if you unlock the vehicle usingbut ton 1 but do not open a door or the boot lid within the next 30 seconds. Thesafelock and/or ant i-theft alarm system will react ivate. This funct ion is intendedto prevent the car being unlocked unintent ionally.

In addit ion, when the car is unlocked, the elect rically adjustable seats and exteriormirrors move into the posit ion assigned to this key. The stored set t ing of driverseat and exterior mirrors is retrieved. £

37Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 40: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Display of the locking

The turn signal lights f lash once to confirm that the vehicle has been correct lylocked.

If the vehicle is locked by pressing the but ton 3 and some doors or the boot lidare not closed, the turn signal lights f lash only after closing.

WARNINGIf t he vehicle is locked f rom the out side and the safe securing system is act i-vated, t here must not be any person in the vehicle as it is t hen not possible toopen eit her a door or a window from the inside. The locked doors make itmore dif f icult for rescuers to get int o t he vehicle in an emergency - hazard!

Note● Operate the radio remote cont rol only when the doors and boot lid are closedand you have visual contact with the vehicle.

● Once in the car, you must not press the lock but ton � of the radio remote con-t rol before insert ing the key into the ignit ion lock in order to avoid the car beinginadvertent ly locked and the alarm system being switched on. Should this happen,press the unlock but ton � of the radio remote control. �

Synchonisat ion of the remote cont rol

If the vehicle cannot be unlocked by actuat ing the remote cont rol system then itis possible that the code in the key and the cont rol unit in the vehicle are no lon-ger synchronised. This can occur when the but tons on the radio-operated key areactuated a number of t imes outside of the operat ive range of the equipment orthe bat tery on the remote cont rol was replaced.

This means it is necessary to synchronise the code as follows:

● press any but ton on the remote cont rol;● pressing of the but ton means that the door will unlock with the key within 1minute. �

Ant i-t heft alarm system

Descript ion

The ant i-theft alarm system increases the level of protect ion against people seek-ing to break into the vehicle. The system triggers audible and visual warning sig-nals if an at tempt is made to break into the vehicle.

How is the alarm system act ivated?

The ant i-theft alarm system is act ivated automat ically when the vehicle is lockedwith the key on the driver's door or by using the radio remote control. It is act iva-ted 30 seconds after locking the door.

How is the alarm system deact ivated?

The ant i-theft alarm system is deact ivated if the vehicle is unlocked by only usingthe radio remote cont rol. The ant i-theft alarm system is react ivated if the vehicleis not opened within 30 seconds after t ransmit t ing the radio signal.

Once you unlock the vehicle by insert ing the key into the driver door you thenhave to insert the key into the ignit ion lock and switch the ignit ion on within 15seconds after opening the door in order to deact ivate the ant i-theft alarm system.The alarm w ill be t riggered if you do not swit ch on the ignit ion within 15 seconds.

When is t he alarm t riggered?

The following security areas of the locked vehicle are monitored:

● Bonnet ,● Boot lid,● Doors,● Ignit ion lock,● Vehicle inclinat ion ⇒  page 39,● Vehicle interior⇒  page 39,● A drop in voltage of the on-board power supply,● Socket of the factory-f it ted towing device.

An alarm is immediately t riggered if either of the two bat tery terminals is discon-nected while the ant i-theft alarm system is act ivated.

How is t he alarm switched of f?

You switch the alarm off if you unlock the vehicle with the radio remote cont rol orif you switch the ignit ion on. £

38 Locking and Unlocking

Page 41: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Not e● The working life of the alarm siren is 6 years. More detailed informat ion isavailable by a specialist garage.

● Before leaving the car, check that all the doors, windows and the electric slid-ing/ t ilt ing roof are properly closed in order to ensure that the ant i-theft alarm sys-tem is fully operat ional.

● Coding of the radio remote control and the receiver unit precludes the use ofthe radio remote control from other vehicles. �

Interior monitor and Towing protect ion monitoring

Fig. 18 But t on for interior monitor andtowing prot ect ion monitoring

Switch of f t he interior monit or and t ow ing protect ion monitoring

– Switch off the ignit ion.

– Open the driver door.

– Press the but ton � at the cent re column on the driver side ⇒  f ig. 18, the sym-bol � which lights up in the but ton changes from red to orange.

– Lock the vehicle within 30 seconds.

The interior monitor and the towing protect ion monitoring are switched on againautomat ically the next t ime the car is locked.

Note● You can switch the interior monitor and the towing protect ion monitoring off ifthere is a possibilit y that movements from (e.g. children or animals) inside the ve-hicle interior or if the vehicle must be t ransported (e.g. by t rain or ship) or towed,might t rigger the alarm.

● You can also switch off the interior monitor and the towing protect ion moni-toring, by deact ivat ing the safe securing system ⇒  page 34.

● The opened storage compartment for spectacles reduces the effect iveness ofthe interior monitor. In order to ensure the funct ion of the interior monitor to befully operat ional, always close the storage compartment for spectacles beforelocking the vehicle. �

Power windows

But tons on the driver's door

Fig. 19 But tons on the driver's door

The power windows operate only when ignit ion is switched on.

Opening a w indow

– A window is opened by pressing light ly on the respect ive but ton in the door.The process stops when one releases the but ton.

– Addit ionally you can open the window automat ically (fully opened) by pressingthe but ton up to the stop. Renewed pressing of the but ton causes the windowto stop immediately. £

39Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 42: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Closing a w indow

– A window is closed through pulling light ly on the respect ive but ton in thedoor. The closing process stops when one releases the but ton.

– Addit ionally you can close the window automat ically (fully closed) by pullingthe but ton up to the stop. Renewed pulling of the but ton causes the windowto stop immediately.

The but tons for the individual windows are located in the armrest of the driver'sdoor ⇒  f ig. 19, front passenger seat and in the rear doors ⇒  page 40.

But tons for t he power w indows in the armrest for t he driverA But ton for the power window in the driver's door

B But ton for the power window in the front passenger's door

C But ton for the power window at the rear right door

D But ton for the power window at the rear left door

S Safety switch

Safet y pushbut t on

You can deact ivate the but tons for power windows at rear doors by pressing thesafety pushbutton S ⇒  f ig. 19. The but tons for power windows at rear doors areact ivated again by pressing the safety pushbutton S again.

If the but tons for the rear doors are deact ivated, the indicator light � in the safe-ty switch S lights up.

WARNING● If you lock the vehicle from the out side, do not leave any person in t he ve-hicle since it is no longer possible to open the w indows from the inside in anemergency.

● The system is f it t ed with a force limit er ⇒  page 41. If t here is an obstacle,the closing process is stopped and t he window goes down by several cent ime-t res. You should then t ake part icular care when closing t he windows! You mayotherwise suf fer severe injuries as a result of get t ing an arm, for example,jammed in the w indow!

● It is recommended t o deact ivate the elect rically operated power w indowsin the rear doors (safety pushbut t on) S ⇒  f ig. 19 when children are beingt ransported on t he rear seat s.

CAUTION● Keep the window glass clean to ensure correct funct ion of the electric win-dows.

● In the event of a freezing up of the windscreen, f irst of all eliminate the ice⇒  page 182 and then operate the power windows otherwise the power windowmechanism could be damaged.

Note● After switching the ignit ion off, it is st ill possible to open or close the windowsfor a further 10 minutes. The automat ic closing and opening funct ions will not op-erate during this t ime. The power windows are switched off completely once youopen the driver or front passenger door.

● When driving always use the exist ing heat ing, air condit ioning and vent ilat ionsystem for vent ilat ing the interior of the vehicle. If the windows are opened, dustas well as other dirt can get into the vehicle and in addit ion the wind noise is moreat certain speeds. �

But ton in t he f ront passenger door and in t he rear doors

Fig. 20 Posit ion of but ton in f ront pas-senger door

A button for the relevant window is provided in these doors.

Opening a window

– Light ly press the appropriate but ton down and hold it unt il the window hasmoved into the desired posit ion.

– Addit ionally you can open the window automat ically (fully opened) by pressingthe but ton down up to the stop. Renewed pressing of the button causes thewindow to stop immediately. £

40 Locking and Unlocking

Page 43: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Closing a window

– Light ly press the appropriate but ton up and hold it unt il the window hasmoved into the desired posit ion.

– Addit ionally you can close the window automat ically (fully closed) by pressingthe but ton up up to the stop. Renewed pressing of the but ton causes the win-dow to stop immediately.

WARNINGThe system is f it t ed with a force limit er ⇒  page 41. If t here is an obstacle, t heclosing process is stopped and t he window goes down by several cent imet res.You should t hen t ake part icular care when closing the w indows! You may oth-erwise suf fer severe injuries as a result of get t ing an arm, for example, jam-med in t he window!

Not e● After switching the ignit ion off, it is st ill possible to open or close the windowsfor a further 10 minutes. The automat ic closing and opening funct ions will not op-erate during this t ime. The power windows are switched off completely once youopen the driver or front passenger door. �

Force limiter of t he power windows

The elect rically operated power windows are f it ted with a force limiter. It reducesthe risk of bruises or injuries when closing the windows.

If there is an obstacle, the closing process is stopped and the window goes downby several cent imet res.

If an obstacle prevents the window from being closed during the next 10 seconds,the closing process is interrupted once again and the window goes down severalcent imetres.

If you t ry to close the window once again within 10 seconds after the window hasgone down twice, although the obstacle was not yet removed, the closing processis stopped only. During this t ime it is not possible to automat ically close the win-dow. The force limiter is st ill switched on.

The force limiter is switched off only, if you at tempt within the next 10 seconds toclose the window again - now the window w ill close w it h full force.

If you wait longer than 10 seconds, the force limiter is switched on again.

WARNINGYou should t ake part icular care when closing t he windows! You may otherw isesuffer severe injuries as a result of get t ing an arm, for example, jammed in t hewindow! �

Window convenience operat ion

You can open and close the elect rically powered windows as follows when un-locking and locking the vehicle (only close the panoramic sliding roof):

Opening a w indow

– Hold the key in the locking cylinder of the driver's door in the unlock posit ionor press the unlock but ton of the radio remote control unt il all the windowsare opened.

Closing a w indow

– Hold the key in the locking cylinder of the driver's door in the lock posit ion orpress the lock but ton of the radio remote cont rol unt il all the windows areclosed.

You can interrupt the opening or closing operat ion of the windows immediately byreleasing the key or the lock but ton.

WARNINGThe system is f it t ed w it h a force limiter ⇒  page 41. If there is an obstacle, t heclosing process is st opped and t he w indow goes down by several cent imet res.You should t hen t ake part icular care when closing t he windows! You may oth-erw ise suffer severe injuries as a result of get t ing an arm, for example, jam-med in t he w indow!

NoteOn vehicles f it ted with ant i-theft alarm system the convenience window openingis possible by means of the key in the locking cylinder only 45 seconds after deac-t ivat ing the warning system or after act ivat ing the ant i-theft alarm system. �

41Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 44: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Operat ional fault s

Automat ically operated power w indows do not operate

If the bat tery of the car has been disconnected and then reconnected, the auto-mat ically operated power windows do not operate. The system must be act ivated.Proceed as follows in order to re-establish the funct ion:

● switch on the ignit ion,● slight ly pull on the upper edge of the relevant but ton and hold it unt il the win-dow is closed,● release the switch,● you must pull the respect ive switch again in upward direct ion for approx. 3seconds.

Operat ion in w inter

Ice accumulat ing on the surface of the windows during the winter may result in agreater resistance when closing the windows and the window may stop and moveback several cent imetres

It is necessary to put the force limiter out of operat ion in order to close the win-dow ⇒  page 41, Force limiter of the power windows.

WARNINGThe system is f it t ed w it h a force limiter ⇒  page 41. If t here is an obstacle, t heclosing process is st opped and t he w indow goes down by several cent imet res.You should t hen t ake part icular care when closing t he windows! You may oth-erwise suffer severe injuries as a result of get t ing an arm, for example, jam-med in t he w indow!

CAUTION● Keep the window glass clean to ensure correct funct ion of the elect ric win-dows.

● In the event of a freezing up of the windscreen, f irst of all eliminate the ice⇒  page 182 and then operate the power windows otherwise the power windowmechanism could be damaged. �

Panoramic sliding roof

Int roduct ion

The panoramic sliding roof with sun screen can only be operated with the controldial when the ignit ion is switched on ⇒  f ig. 21. The control dial has several posi-t ions.

After switching off the ignit ion, it is st ill possible to open, close and t ilt the panor-amic sliding roof or the sun screen for approx. 10 minutes. However, it is no longerpossible to operate the panoramic sliding roof and the sun screen the momentyou open one of the front doors. �

Opening and t ilt ing the panoramic sliding roof

Fig. 21 Cont rol dial for t he panoramicsliding roof

Comfort posit ion

– Turn the switch to posit ion C ⇒  f ig. 21.

Open part ially

– Turn the switch to a posit ion in area D .

Open fully

– Turn the switch to posit ion B and hold it in this posit ion (spring-tensionedposit ion).

Tilt ing and closing

– In order to t ilt , press the switch on the recess in the direct ion of the roof.

– In order to close, press down the switch on the recess and then push it for-wards. £

42 Locking and Unlocking

Page 45: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

When the panoramic sliding roof is in the comfort posit ion, the intensity of thewind noise is reduced.

CAUTIONIt may be necessary during winter to remove any ice and snow in the area of thepanoramic sliding roof before opening it , in order to prevent damaging the open-ing mechanism. �

Closing the panoramic sliding roof

Closing

– Turn the switch to posit ion A ⇒  f ig. 21.

Force limit er

The panoramic sliding roof is f it ted with a force limiter. The panoramic sliding roofstops and moves back several cent imetres when it cannot be closed becausethere is something in the way (e.g. ice). You can close the panoramic sliding rooffully without force limiter by pressing down the switch on the recess and thenpushing it forwards unt il the panoramic sliding roof is fully closed ⇒   .

WARNINGCarefully close t he panoramic sliding roof - risk of injury! �

Opening and closing the sun screen

Fig. 22 But t ons for sun screen

You can open or close the sun screen separately with the aid of the but tons⇒  f ig. 22.

Opening

– Briefly press the but ton E ⇒  f ig. 22 in order to fully open.

– Press the but ton E and hold it pressed in order to open in the desired posi-t ion. The opening process stops when one releases the but ton.

Closing

– Briefly press the but ton F ⇒  f ig. 22 in order to fully close.

– Press the but ton F and hold it pressed in order to close in the desired posi-t ion. The closing process stops when one releases the but ton. �

Convenience operat ion

You can also operate the panoramic sliding roof and the sun screen from the out -side using the remote cont rol key.

Closing the panoramic sliding roof

– Hold down the lock but ton on the remote control key unt il the panoramic slid-ing roof is closed. The panoramic sliding roof and the sun screen are closed to-gether.

The closing process stops when one releases the but ton.

Tilt ing the panoramic sliding roof

– Hold down the unlock but ton on the remote cont rol key unt il the panoramicsliding roof is t ilted. When t ilt ing the panoramic sliding roof, the sun screenopens at the same t ime.

Note● The force limiter also operates for convenience closing.

● The panoramic sliding roof can only be t ilted but not opened when the con-venience operat ing feature is being used. �

43Locking and Unlocking

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 46: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Emergency operat ion

Fig. 23 Det ail of the headliner/ key-operated posit ioning point

You can close and/or open the panoramic sliding roof by hand if the system is de-fect ive. The manual control for the panoramic sliding roof is located underneaththe cover of the elect ric drive, or underneath the glasses storage box, ⇒  f ig. 23 -left , depending on the equipment f it ted to your vehicle.

– Open the glasses storage box ⇒  page 82.

– Carefully insert a screwdriver, approximately 5 mm wide, into the slot in theposit ions shown by the arrows 1 ⇒  f ig. 23.

– Carefully fold the cover and glasses storage box downwards by gent ly press-ing down and turning the screwdriver.

– Insert an Allen key, Group 4, up to the stop into the opening 2 and close oropen the panoramic sliding roof.

– Refit the cover/glasses storage box by first insert ing the plast ic plugs beforepushing the ent ire part upwards.

– Have the fault rect if ied by a specialist workshop.

NoteAfter each emergency operat ion, it is necessary to init ialise the roof ⇒  page 44. �

Init ialising the panoramic sliding roof

After disconnect ing and reconnect ing the bat tery, the panoramic sliding roof andthe sun screen must be init ialised.

After init ialising the panoramic sliding roof, press down the switch on the recessand push it forwards for approx. 10 seconds.

Press the switch F ⇒  fig. 22 for approx. 10 seconds in order to init ialise the sunscreen.

If the panoramic sliding roof or the sun screen is not fully closed while disconnect -ing and reconnect ing the bat tery, first of all the panoramic sliding roof or the sunscreen must be closed ⇒  page 43 ⇒  page 43. Only then the init ialisat ion can beperformed. �

44 Locking and Unlocking

Page 47: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Lights and Visibilit y

Lights

Swit ching lights on and off �

Fig. 24 Dash panel: Light switch

Switching on side light s

– Turn the light switch ⇒  f ig. 24 into posit ion � .

Switching on t he low beam and main beam

– Turn the light switch into posit ion � .

– Push the main beam lever slight ly forward in the spring-tensioned posit ion inorder to switch on the main beam ⇒  f ig. 30.

Switching of f light s (except daylight driving lights)

– Turn the light switch into posit ion.

The dipped beam cont inues to shine while the ignit ion is switched on and thelight switch is in the posit ion � or ����. After switching off the ignit ion, the lowbeam is switched off automat ically and only the side lights come on. The parkinglight also goes out after the ignit ion key is removed.

On models f it ted with right -hand steering the posit ion of certain switches differsfrom that shown in ⇒  f ig. 24. The symbols which mark the switch posit ions areident ical, however.

WARNINGNever drive w it h only the side lights on - risk of accident ! The side light s arenot bright enough t o light up t he road suf f icient ly in f ront of you or t o be seenby other oncoming t raf f ic. In this case, always sw it ch on t he low beam when itis dark or if visibilit y is poor.

Note● If the light switch is in the posit ion � , the ignit ion key is removed and thedriver's door is open, an acoust ic warning signal will sound. The acoust ic warningsignal is switched off over the door contact when the driver's door is closed (igni-t ion off). The vehicle can be parked with the side lights on.

● If the light switch is in the posit ion � and the ignit ion key is removed, thelights will go out .

● If the car is parked for a lengthy period, we recommend switching off all lights,or leaving only the parking lights switched on.

● The switching on of the described lights should only be undertaken in accord-ance with the legal requirements.

● If a fault occurs in the light switch, the low beam comes on automat ically

● In the event of cool or humid weather condit ions, the headlights can be mistedup from inside.

– The temperature difference between interior and external area of the head-light lenses is decisive.– When the driving lights are switched on, the light out let surfaces are freefrom mist after a short period. The headlight lenses can possibly mist up at theborder areas.– It also concerns reverse light and turn signal lights.– This mist has no influence on the life of the light ing system. �

“DAY LIGHT”

Swit ching on daylight driving light s

– Switch on the ignit ion without turning the light switch out of the posit ion 0 or����. £

45Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 48: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Deact ivat ing t he funct ion daylight driving light s

– Pull the turn signal light lever towards the steering wheel within 3 seconds af-ter switching on the ignit ion and at the same t ime, slide it down and hold it inthis posit ion for at least 3 seconds.

Act ivat ing t he funct ion daylight driving lights

– Pull the turn signal light lever towards the steering wheel within 3 seconds af-ter switching on the ignit ion and at the same t ime, slide it upward and hold itin this posit ion for at least 3 seconds.

On vehicles f it ted with an informat ion display, you can also act ivate or deact ivatein the menu the funct ion daylight driving lights:

■ Set t ings■ Light s & Vision

On vehicles with separate lights for daylight driving lights in the fog lights, theparking lights and the licence plate light do not come on when act ivat ing thefunct ion daylight driving lights (neither front nor rear).

In some count ries, the nat ional legal provisions require that the rear parking lightsalso come on together with bulbs for daylight driving lights when act ivat ing thefunct ion daylight driving lights.

When the daylight driving lights are switched on, the light ing of the inst rumentcluster is switched on as well. �

Automat ic driving lamp cont rol

Fig. 25 Dash panel: Light sw it ch

Switching on automat ic driving lamp cont rol

– Turn the light switch ⇒  fig. 25 into posit ion ����.

Swit ching of f automat ic driving lamp cont rol

– Turn the light switch to the posit ion 0, � or � .

If the light switch is in the posit ion ����, the symbol illuminates when the ignit ionis switched on ���� next to the light switch. If the low beam is act ivated with thelight sensor, the symbol � illuminates addit ionally next to the light switch.

If the light comes on automat ically, the side lights and low beam as well as licenceplate light light up at the same t ime.

If the automat ic light control is switched on, the light is regulated with the lightsensor in the rear mirror holder. If the light intensity drops below the set value, e.gwhen driving during the day into a tunnel, the low beam and the side lights aswell as the licence plate light come on automat ically. If the light intensity increa-ses again, the lights switch off automat ically.

Motorway light s

If the automat ic light control has been switched on and the vehicle speed is over140 km/h for at least 10 seconds, the side lights and low beam are switched onautomat ically.

If the vehicle speed is below 65 km/h for at least 2 minutes, the lights are switch-ed off.

Rain light s

If you switch on the windscreen wipe in the operat ion rain sensor for longer than10 seconds or in the operat ion permanent wipe (posit ion 2 or 3) ⇒  page 54switching on for longer than 15 seconds, the side lights and low beam are switch-ed on automat ically. The light switches off if the windscreen wipe is in operat ionrain sensor for more than around 4 minutes or is not switched on in the operat ionpermanent wipe.

WARNINGThe automat ic light cont rol only operates as a support . The driver is not re-leased f rom his responsibilit y t o inspect t he light and if necessary to switch onthe light depending on t he light condit ions. The light sensor cannot detect forexample rain or snow. For these condit ions we recommend t o switch on t helow beam � ! £

46 Lights and Visibility

Page 49: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Not e● Do not aff ix any st ickers in front of the light sensor, so that you do not impairits funct ion or put it out of operat ion.

● The same principles as for using the automat ic light control also apply to thelight which is switched on manually ⇒  page 45. �

Cornering lights

The cornering lights are used to illuminate the curves by means of the cone oflight swivelling together with the front headlight with Xenon lights. This funct ionis act ive when the speed of the car increases to more than 10km/h.

The swivelling funct ion of the headlights can be switched off/on via the menupoint Assist ant s in the main menu of the informat ion display ⇒  page 18.

WARNINGIf t he cornering lights are defect ive, t he headlight s are automat ically loweredto t he emergency posit ion, which prevents a possible dazzling of oncomingt raf f ic. Thus t he illuminated length of t he road is short ened. Drive carefullyand have t he car inspected immediately by a specialist garage. �

Parking light

Parking light �

– Switch off the ignit ion.

– Pull the turn signal light lever ⇒  f ig. 30 upwards or downwards - the parkinglight on the right and left side of the vehicle will be switched on respect ively.

The parking light only operates if the ignit ion is switched off.

If you have switched on the right or left turn signal light and you switch off theignit ion, the parking light is not automat ically switched on.

Parking light on both sides

– Turn the light switch into the posit ion � and lock the vehicle. �

Coming Home Funct ion

The funct ion makes it possible to switch on the lights in the darkness for a shortt ime after leaving the vehicle.

Swit ching on Coming Home Funct ion

– The light switch is in the posit ion automat ic driving lamp cont rol ���� and thelow beam illuminates.

– Switch off the ignit ion.

– After opening the driver's door, the funct ion Coming Home is switched on.

– Close all the doors and the boot lid and lock the vehicle. After a short t ime,switch all lights off.

Depending on equipment f it ted the funct ion Coming Home switches on the fol-lowing lights:

● Parking lights,● Low beam,● Entry light ing in the exterior mirrors,● Licence plate light .

Coming Home Funct ion

The lights go out 10 seconds after closing all the doors and the boot lid.

If a door or the boot lid remains open, the lights go out 60 seconds after switchingoff the ignit ion.

The funct ion Coming Home is controlled with the light sensor in the mount of theinterior rear mirror. If the light intensity is higher than the set value of the lightsensor, the Coming Home Funct ion is not switched on after switching off the igni-t ion.

Note● If the Coming Home Funct ion is switched on constant ly, the bat tery will beheavily discharged part icularly in short-haul t raffic.

● The switching on of the described lights should only be undertaken in accord-ance with the legal requirements.

● You can change the illuminat ion period for the Leaving Home Funct ion bymeans of the Informat ion display. �

47Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 50: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Leaving Home Funct ion

This funct ion makes it possible to switch on the lights when approaching the ve-hicle.

Switching on Leaving Home Funct ion

– The light switch is in the posit ion automat ic driving lamp cont rol ����.

– Unlock the vehicle with the radio remote cont rol - the lights come on.

Depending on equipment f it ted the funct ion Leaving Home switches on the fol-lowing lights:

● Parking lights,● Low beam,● Entry light ing in the exterior mirrors,● Licence plate light .

Leaving Home Funct ion

The funct ion Leaving Home is controlled with the light sensor in the mount of theinterior rear mirror. If the light intensity is higher than the set value of the lightsensor, the Leaving Home Funct ion is not switched on after unlocking the vehiclewith the radio remote cont rol.

After unlocking the vehicle with the radio remote cont rol, the lights come on for10 seconds. The Leaving Home Funct ion is also switched off after the ignit ion isswitched on and after locking the vehicle.

If no door is opened within 30 seconds, the lights go out and the vehicle is lockedautomat ically.

Note● If the Leaving Home Funct ion is switched on constant ly, the bat tery will beheavily discharged part icularly in short-haul t raffic.

● The switching on of the described lights should only be undertaken in accord-ance with the legal requirements.

● You can change the illuminat ion period for the Leaving Home Funct ion bymeans of the Informat ion display. �

Tourist light

Xenon headlight

This mode makes it possible to drive in count ries with opposing t raffic system,driving on the left / right , without dazzling the oncoming vehicles. When the mode“tourist light ” is act ive, the side to side swivel of the headlights is deact ivated.

The mode “tourist light” is act ivated/deact ivated via the Informat ion display in themenu:

■ Set t ings■ Lights & Vision■ Travel mode

■ Off■ Switched on

Halogen headlight

When using Halogen headlights, it is necessary to st ick a st icker over a certainpart of the headlights in order to prevent the dazzling of oncoming t raffic.

You can purchase headlight st ickers from the range of the ŠKODA Original Acces-sories. �

Fog lights �

Fig. 26 Dash panel: Light sw it ch

Swit ch on the f ront fog lamp

– First of all turn the light switch into posit ion � or � ⇒  f ig. 26.

– Pull the light switch into posit ion 1 . £

48 Lights and Visibility

Page 51: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The warning light � lights up in the inst rument cluster when the fog lights areswitched on ⇒  page 22. �

Fog lights with the funct ion “CORNER”

The fog lights with the funct ion “CORNER” are designed for a bet-ter illuminat ion of the surrounding area near the vehicle whencorning, parking etc.

The fog lights with the funct ion “CORNER” are adjusted according to the steeringangle or after switching on the turn signal light 1) in the following circumstances:

● the vehicle is stat ionary and the engine is running or it moves with a speed ofmaximum 40 km/h;● the daylight driving lights are not switched on;● the low beam is switched on or the light switch is in the posit ion ���� and theintensity of the ambient light causes the low beam to be switched on;● the fog lights are not switched on;● no reverse gear is engaged.

Not eIf you engage the reverse gear during the act ive funct ion “CORNER”, both foglights illuminate. �

Rear fog light �

Switching on t he rear fog light

– First of all turn the light switch into posit ion � or � ⇒  f ig. 26.

– Pull the light switch into posit ion 2 .

The warning light � lights up in the instrument cluster when the rear fog light isswitched on ⇒  page 22.

Only the rear fog light of the t railer lights up if the vehicle has a factory-f it tedtowing device or a towing device from ŠKODA original accessories and when youare towing a t railer which is f it ted with the rear fog light .

The rear fog light is located in the rear light array on the driver's side.

CAUTIONThe rear fog light should only be switched on if visibility is part icularly poor (con-form with any varying legal provisions) to avoid dazzling vehicles behind your ve-hicle. �

Inst rument light ing �

You can adjust the brightness of the instrument light ing.

Fig. 27 Dash panel: Inst rument light ing

Inst rument light ing

– Switch on the light .

– Turn the cont rol dial ⇒  f ig. 27 to the desired intensity of the instrument light-ing.

The illuminat ion intensity of the Informat ion display ⇒  page 18 is set automat ical-ly. It is only possible to adjust the inst rument light ing with the cont rol dial if thelight intensity drops below the set value of the light sensor. �

1) If both switch on versions are conflict ing, for example if the steering wheel is turned to the left andthe right turn signal light is switched on, the turn signal light has the higher priority.

49Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 52: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Headlamp range adjustment �

Once the low beam is switched on you can then adapt the range ofthe headlights to the load of the vehicle.

Fig. 28 Dash panel: Lights and Visibilit y

– Turn the cont rol dial ⇒  f ig. 28 unt il you have adjusted the low beam so thatoncoming t raff ic is not dazzled.

Set t ings

The posit ions correspond approximately to the following vehicle loads:

Front seats occupied, luggage compartment empty.All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty.All seats occupied, luggage compartment laden.Driver seat occupied, luggage compartment laden.

CAUTIONHeadlamp range adjustment should always be adjusted in a way that :

● it does not dazzle other road users, especially oncoming t raffic,

● and the range is suff icient for safe driving.

NoteHeadlights f it ted with Xenon bulbs adapt automat ically to the load and drivingstate of the vehicle (e.g. accelerat ing, braking) when the ignit ion is switched onand when driving. Vehicles which are equipped with Xenon bulbs do not have amanual headlight range adjustment cont rol. �

-

1

2

3

Swit ch for hazard warning lights �

Fig. 29 Dash panel: Switch for hazardwarning light s

– Press switch � ⇒  f ig. 29 to switch the hazard warning light system on or off.

All the turn signal lights on the vehicle f lash at the same t ime when the hazardwarning light system is switched on. The indicator light for the turn signals andthe indicator light in the switch also f lash at the same t ime. You can also switchon the hazard warning light system if the ignit ion is switched off.

The hazard warning light system is switched on automat ically if an airbag is de-ployed in the event of an accident .

Please comply with any legal requirements when using the hazard warning lightsystem.

NoteSwitch on the hazard warning light system if, for example:

● you encounter t raffic congest ion,

● your vehicle breaks down or an emergency situat ion occurs. �

50 Lights and Visibility

Page 53: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The turn signal � � and main beam lever �

The parking lights and headlight flasher are also switched on andoff using the turn signal and main beam lever.

Fig. 30 Turn signal and main beam lever

The turn signal and main beam lever perform the following funct ions:

Right � and left � t urn signal light

– Push the lever upwards A or downwards ⇒  f ig. 30 B .

– If you only wish to f lash three t imes (the so-called convenience turn signal),push the lever briefly up to the upper or lower pressure point and release it .This funct ion can be act ivated/deact ivated in the Informat ion display⇒  page 18.

– Turn signal for changing lanes - in order to only f lash briefly, move the lever upor down to the pressure point and hold it in this posit ion.

Main beam �

– Switch on the low beam.

– Push the lever forwards in direct ion of arrow C (spring-tensioned posit ion).

– If you push the lever towards the steering wheel in direct ion of arrow D(spring-tensioned posit ion) the main beam is switched off.

Headlight f lasher �

– Pull the lever towards the steering wheel (spring-tensioned posit ion) in direc-t ion of arrow D - the main beam and warning light � in the inst rument clus-ter come on.

Parking light

For a descript ion of the operat ion, see ⇒  page 47, Parking light .

Informat ion concerning t he funct ion of the lights.

● The t urn signal system only operates when the ignit ion is switched on. Thecorresponding warning light � or � in the instrument cluster also flashes.● The turn signal is automat ically cancelled after negot iat ing a curve.● The indicator light flashes at twice it s normal rate if a bulb of the turn signallight fails.

CAUTIONUse main beam or the headlight f lasher only if this does not risk dazzling otherroad users.

NoteUse only in accordance with the legal requirements the described light ing and sig-nal systems. �

51Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 54: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Interior light ing

Vehicle interior light ing f ront and rear

Fig. 31 Front vehicle int erior light ing

Fig. 32 Reading lights

Switching on t he interior light ing

– Press the switch at the point of the symbol � ⇒  f ig. 31.

Switching off t he int erior light ing

– Press the switch at the point of the symbol O.

Operat ing the light s w it h t he door contact swit ch

– Posit ion the switch into middle posit ion. On vehicles without interior monitor,the middle posit ion is marked with a symbol � ⇒  f ig. 31 - left .

Reading light s

– Press switch � ⇒  f ig. 32 to switch the reading lights on/off.

If operat ing lights with the door contact switch is enabled, the light will come onwhen:

● the vehicle is unlocked,● one of the doors is opened,● or the ignit ion key is removed.

If operat ing lights with the door contact switch is enabled, the light will go offwhen:

● the vehicle is locked,● the ignit ion is switched on,● about 30 seconds after all the doors have been closed.

If a door remains open, or if switch is in posit ion � the inter light ing goes out af-ter 10 minutes to prevent the bat tery from discharging.

NoteWe recommend having these bulbs replaced by a specialist garage. �

Light ing of t he storage compartment on f ront passenger side

– When opening the flap of the storage compartment on the front passengerside the light ing in the storage compartment comes on.

– The light switches on automat ically when the parking light is switched on andgoes out when the f lap is closed. �

Rear vehicle interior light ing

Fig. 33 Rear vehicle int erior light ing £

52 Lights and Visibility

Page 55: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Switching on t he interior light ing

– Press the cover glass in the area of the symbol � ⇒  f ig. 33.

Switching of f t he int erior light ing

– Press the cover glass in the area of the symbol O.

Operat ing t he light s wit h the door contact switch

– Posit ion the cover glass into middle posit ion � . �

Front door warning light

Fig. 34 Front door: Warning light

The warning light is located in the door t rim panel below ⇒  f ig. 34.

The warning light goes on every t ime the door is opened. The light goes out about10 minutes after opening the door in order to avoid discharging the bat tery of thevehicle.

There is a reflector installed on some vehicles instead of the warning light . �

Ent ry light ing

The light ing is posit ioned on the bot tom edge of the exterior mirror.

The light beam is directed towards the entry area of the front door.

The light comes on after the doors have been locked or on opening the boot lid.The light goes out after switching on the ignit ion or up to 30 seconds after closingall the doors and the boot lid.

If a door or the boot lid remains open, the light goes out within 2 minutes if theignit ion is switched off.

WARNINGIf t he ent ry light comes on, do not t ouch it s cover - risk of burns! �

Luggage compartment light

The light ing comes on automat ically when the boot lid is opened. If the lid remainsopen for more than about 10 minutes, the luggage compartment light ing switchesoff automat ically. �

Visibilit y

Windscreen and rear window heater

Fig. 35 Swit ch for w indscreen heater/ switch for rear window heat er

Windscreen heater

– You can switch the windscreen heater on or off by pressing the switch �⇒  f ig. 35 - left , the indicator light in the switch comes on or goes out .

Rear window heater

– You can switch the rear window heater on or off by pressing the switch �⇒  f ig. 35 - right , the indicator light in the switch comes on or goes out .

The windscreen and rear window heater only operates when the engine is run-ning.

The windscreen and rear window heater sw it ches of f automat ically after 10 mi-nutes. £

53Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 56: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

For t he sake of the environmentAs soon as the window is de-iced or free from mist , the heat ing should be switch-ed off. The reduced current consumpt ion will have a favourable effect on fueleconomy ⇒  page 166, Saving electricit y.

Note● If the on-board voltage drops, the front and rear window heater switches offautomat ically, in order to provide suff icient elect rical energy for the engine con-t rol.

● The posit ion and the shape of the switch can differ depending on equipmentinstalled in the vehicle. �

Sun visors

Fig. 36 Sun visor: Swivelling out / double sun visor

You can pull the sun visor for the driver or front passenger out of the fixture andswivel it toward the door in the direct ion of the arrow 1 ⇒  fig. 36.

The vanity mirrors in the sun visors are provided with covers. Push the cover in di-rect ion of arrow 2 .

On vehicles which are equipped with double sun visor, you can also unfold theauxiliary visor in direct ion of arrow 3 after swivelling the sun visor.

WARNINGThe sun visors must not be sw ivelled t o t he side windows into the deploy-ment area of t he head airbags if any objects, such as ball-point pens et c. areat t ached t o t hem. This might result in injuries t o t he occupants if t he head air-bag is deployed. �

Windshield wiper and wash system

Windshield wiper

You can operate the windscreen wipers and automat ic wipe/washusing the windscreen wiper lever.

Fig. 37 Windscreen wiper lever

The windscreen wiper lever ⇒  f ig. 37 has the following posit ions:

Finger-operated wiping

– If you wish to wipe the windscreen only brief ly, push the lever into the sprungposit ion 4 . If you hold the lever in the lower posit ion for more than 1 second,the wiper wipes faster.

Intermit t ent wiping

– Posit ion the lever up into posit ion 1 .

– Set with the switch A the desired break between the individual wiperstrokes.

Slow w ipe

– Posit ion the lever up into posit ion 2 .

Fast w ipe

– Posit ion the lever up into posit ion 3 . £

54 Lights and Visibility

Page 57: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Automat ic w ipe/wash for w indscreen

– Pull the lever towards the steering wheel into sprung posit ion 5 , the washsystem sprays immediately, the windscreen wiper starts wiping a lit t le later.The wash system and the windscreen wiper operate simultaneously at aspeed of more than 120 km/h.

– Release the lever. The windscreen wash system stops and the wiper cont in-ues for another 3 - 4 wiper st rokes (depending on the period of spraying of thewindscreen). At a speed of more than 2 km/h, the wiper wipes once again 5seconds after the last wiper st roke in order to wipe the last drops from thewindscreen. This funct ion can be act ivated/deact ivated by a specialist garage.

Rain sensor

– Move the lever into posit ion 1 .

– You can set the sensit ivit y of the sensor individually with switch A .

Wiping t he rear w indow pane

– Push the lever away from the steering wheel into posit ion 6 - the windshieldwiper will operate every 6 seconds.

Automat ic w ipe/wash for t he rear w indow pane

– Press the lever from the steering wheel forward into the sprung posit ion 7 ,the wash system sprays immediately, the windscreen wiper starts wiping a lit -t le later. As long as you hold the lever in this posit ion, the wiper operates aswell as the wash system.

– Lett ing go of the lever will cause the windscreen wash system to stop and thewiper to cont inue for another 2 - 3 wiper st rokes (depending on the period ofspraying of the windscreen). The lever will st ay in posit ion af t er releasing it6 .

Switching w indscreen wipers of f

– Move the lever back into it s home posit ion 0 .

After the windscreen wiper switches off each t ime or the ignit ion switches off forthe third t ime, the posit ion of the windscreen wiper changes, this counteracts anearly fat igue of the wiper rubbers. After start ing the vehicle, the front windowwipers automat ically move into the lower rest posit ion.

The windscreen wipers and the wash system only operate if the ignit ion is switch-ed on and the bonnet is closed1).

The rear window wiper operates only if the boot lid is closed.

If the intermit tent wipe is switched on, the intervals are also cont rolled dependingon speed.

The rain sensor automat ically regulates the break between the individual wiperstrokes depending on the intensity of the rain.

The rear window will be wiped again if the front window wipers are on when re-verse gear is selected.

Top up with wash liquid ⇒  page 199.

Winter posit ion

If the windscreen wipers are in rest posit ion, they cannot be folded out from thewindscreen. For this reason we recommend adjust ing the windscreen wipers inwinter so that they can be folded out from the windscreen easily. You can set thisrest posit ion yourself as follows:

● Switch on the windscreen wipers.● Switch off the ignit ion. The windscreen wipers remain in the posit ion in whichthey were when switching off the ignit ion.

You can also use the service posit ion ⇒  page 57 as a winter posit ion.

WARNING● Properly maintained w indscreen w iper blades are essent ial for clear visibil-it y and safe driving ⇒  page 57.

● Do not use the w indscreen washer system at low temperatures, w it houtheat ing t he w indscreen beforehand. Otherw ise t he window cleaner couldfreeze on the w indscreen and rest rict the view t o t he f ront .

● The rain sensor only operates as a support . The driver is not released f romthe responsibilit y t o set t he funct ion of t he w indscreen w ipers manually de-pending on the visibilit y condit ions. £

1) On vehicles which do not have a contact switch for the bonnet , the windshield wiper and wash sys-tem operates also when the bonnet is opened.

55Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 58: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTION● In cold temperatures and in winter, check before the t rip or before switchingon the ignit ion that the wiper blades are not frozen. Switching on windscreenwipers when the blades are frozen to the windscreen may result in damage bothto the blades and the motor of the windscreen wipers!

● If you switch off the ignit ion while the windscreen wipers are on, the wiperswill sweep in the same mode the next t ime the ignit ion is switched on. At lowtemperatures, the wipers may freeze to the window between switching off the ig-nit ion and the next t ime you switch the ignit ion on again.

● Carefully detach frozen wiper blades from the front or rear window.

● Remove snow and ice from the window wipers before driving.

Note● If the slower 2 ⇒  f ig. 37 or the faster 3 wiper set t ing is switched on and thevehicle speed decreases to below 4 km/h, the lower wiper step is switched on au-tomat ically. At a speed increase of more than 8 km/h the previous wiper set t ing isestablished again.

● If there is an obstacle on the windscreen, the wiper will t ry to push away theobstacle. If the obstacle cont inues to block the wiper, the wiper stops automat i-cally after 5 at tempts to eliminate the obstacle, in order to avoid a damage to thewiper. Remove the obstacle and and switch on the wiper again.

● The windscreen washer nozzles for the windscreen are heated when the en-gine is running and the outside temperature is less than +10 °C.

● The content of the windscreen wiper reservoir is 3 lit res. On vehicles which areequipped with a headlight cleaning system, the content of the reservoir is 5.5 li-t res. On vehicles f it ted with auxiliary heat ing, the content of the windscreen wiperreservoir is 4.5 lit res. �

Automat ic rear window wiper

If the windshield wiper is in posit ion 2 or 3 , the rear view window is wiped ev-ery 30 seconds if the vehicle's speed exceeds 5 km/h.

When the rain sensor is act ive (the lever is in the posit ion 1 ) the funct ion is onlyact ive if the front window wipers cont inue to operate (no break between eachwiping process).

Act ivat ion/deact ivat ion

The funct ion of the automat ic rear window wiper is act ivated/deact ivated in theinformat ion display in the menu:■ Set t ings

■ Lights & Vision■ Rear wiper

NoteThe funct ion of the automat ic rear window wiper is only valid for vehicles whichare equipped with the informat ion display. The funct ion is act ivated in the factory. �

Alternat ive park posit ion of t he rear window wiper

Each t ime after switching off the engine for the second t ime, the wiper blade ofthe rear window wiper is t ilted. Thus, the life of the wiper blade is prolonged.

Act ivat ion/deact ivat ion

– Switch on the ignit ion.

– Push the operat ing level into the posit ion 6 ⇒  f ig. 37 five t imes in successionwithin 5 seconds.

– Switch off the ignit ion. After switching on the ignit ion again, the alternat ivepark posit ion of the rear window wiper is act ivated/deact ivated. �

Headlight cleaning system

The headlights are being cleaned after the windscreen has been sprayed for thefirst t ime and fif th t ime, the low beam or main beam are switched on and thewindscreen wiper lever was held in the posit ion 5 ⇒  f ig. 37 for about 1 second.

The headlight washer nozzles are moved forward out of the bumper by the waterpressure for cleaning the headlights.

You should remove stubborn dirt (such as insect residues) from the headlight len-ses at regular intervals, for example when refuelling. Please refer to the followingguidelines ⇒  page 183, The headlight lenses.

You should remove any snow from the f ixtures of the washer nozzles and clear icein winter with a de-icing spray in order to ensure proper operat ion of the cleaningsystem. £

56 Lights and Visibility

Page 59: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTIONNever remove the nozzles from the headlamp cleaning system by hand - risk ofdamage! �

Replacing wiper blades for t he windscreen wipers

Fig. 38 Wiper blade for the w indscreenwiper

One cannot fold out the wiper arms in the rest posit ion from the windscreen. Be-fore replacing the wiper arms you must put them into the service posit ion.

Service posit ion for changing w iper blades

– Close the bonnet .

– Switch the ignit ion on and then again off.

– Then press the windscreen wiper lever in the posit ion 4 ⇒  fig. 37 within10 seconds – the wiper arms move into the service posit ion.

Removing the w iper blade

– Fold windscreen wiper arm away from the windscreen.

– Press the locking but ton 1 ⇒  f ig. 38, in order to unlock the wiper blade andpull off in the direct ion of the arrow 2 .

At t aching t he wiper blade

– Push the wiper blade unt il it locks up to the stop.

– Check whether the wiper blade is correct ly at tached.

– Fold the windscreen wiper arm back onto the windscreen.

The wiper arms move back into the rest posit ion - after switching on the ignit ionand after changing the posit ion of the window wiper lever or when driving at aspeed greater than 6°km/h.

Windscreen wiper blades in proper condit ion are essent ial to obtain good visibility.Wiper blades should not be allowed to become dirt ied by dust , insect remains andpreserving wax.

Juddering or smearing of the wiper blades could then be due to wax residues lefton the windscreen by vehicle washing in automat ic vehicle wash systems. It istherefore important to degrease the lips of the winscreen wiper blades after ev-ery pass through an automat ic vehicle wash system.

WARNING● If t he w indscreen wipers are handled carelessly, t here is a risk of damageto the w indscreen.

● You should clean the w iper blades regularly w it h a w indscreen cleaner inorder t o avoid any smears. Clean a w iper blade w it h a sponge or cloth if it isvery dirt y, for example f rom insect residues.

● Replace t he w indscreen w iper blades once or twice a year for safet y rea-sons. These can be bought f rom an authorised ŠKODA Service Partner. �

Replacing the wiper blade on the rear window wiper

Fig. 39 Wiper blade for the rear w indow

Removing t he wiper blade

– Fold windscreen wiper arm out from the windscreen and posit ion the wiperblade at right angles to the wiper arm ⇒  fig. 39.

– Hold the window wiper arm at the top end with one hand. £

57Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 60: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

– With the other hand unlock the locking but ton 1 and remove the wiper bladein the direct ion of arrow 2 .

At t aching t he w iper blade

– Push the wiper blade unt il it locks up to the stop.

– Check whether the wiper blade is correct ly at tached.

– Fold the windscreen wiper arm back onto the windscreen.

The same remarks apply here as for ⇒  page 57. �

Rear-view mirror

Manual dimming interior rear-view mirror

Basic set t ing

– Pull the lever on the bot tom edge of the mirror forward.

Dimming mirror

– Pull the lever on the bot tom edge of the mirror back. �

Automat ic dimming interior mirror

Fig. 40 Automat ic dimming int erior mir-ror

Switching on t he automat ic dimming

– Press the but ton B ⇒  f ig. 40, the warning light A lights up.

Switching off t he automat ic dimming

– Press again the but ton B - the warning light goes out A .

If the automat ic dimming is switched on, the mirror dims automat ically dependingon the light st riking the mirror from the rear. The mirror has no lever on the bot-tom edge of the mirror. After the reverse gear is engaged, the mirror alwaysmoves back into the normal posit ion.

Do not at tach external navigat ion devices on the windshield or in the vicinity ofthe automat ic dimming interior mirror ⇒   .

WARNINGThe display light ing of the external navigat ion device may cause malfunct ionof t he automat ic dimming interior mirror – risk of accident .

Note● Automat ic mirror dimming operates only properly if the light striking the rearof the interior rear-view mirror is not affected by other objects.

● Do not aff ix any st ickers in front of the light sensor, so that you do not impairthe automat ic dimming funct ion or put it out of operat ion.

● If you switch off the automat ic dimming interior rear-view mirror, also the ex-terior mirror dimming is switched off. �

Exterior mirror

You can adjust the exterior mirrors electrically.

Fig. 41 Inner part of door: Rotary knob

Adjust the rear mirror before commencing to drive so that there is a clear view tothe rear.

Heat ing of t he external mirror

– Turn the rotary knob to posit ion � ⇒  f ig. 41. £

58 Lights and Visibility

Page 61: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The exterior mirror heater only operates when the engine is running and up to anoutside temperature of +20 °C.

Adjust ing left and right exterior mirrors simult aneously

– Turn the rotary knob to posit ion �. The movement of the mirror surface is iden-t ical to the movement of the rotary knob.

The adjustment of both mirrors simultaneously or each individual mirror is possi-ble in the Informat ion display ⇒  table on page 20 in the menu point Mirror adjust .(Mirror adjust .).

Adjust ing t he right -hand exterior mirror

– Turn the rotary knob to posit ion �. The movement of the mirror surface is iden-t ical to the movement of the rotary knob.

Switching of f operat ing cont rol

– Turn the rotary knob to posit ion �.

Folding in both exterior mirrors

– Turn the rotary knob to posit ion � .

Fold in t he exterior mirrors using t he remote cont rol key

– If all the windows are closed, press the unlock but ton 3 on the radio remotecont rol ⇒  f ig. 17 for approx. 2 seconds.

Tilt ing surface of front passenger exterior mirror

On vehicles f it ted with a memory for the driver seat , the surface of the mirror t iltsdown slight ly when the rear gear is engaged and the rotary knob is in the posi-t ion � ⇒  f ig. 41. This provides an aid in seeing the kerb of the pavement when park-ing the car.

The mirror returns into its init ial posit ion, after the rotary knob is moved out of theposit ion � and put into another posit ion or if the speed is more than 15 km/h.

Memory for exterior mirrors

On vehicles f it ted with a memory for the driver seat , the relevant set t ing of theexterior mirror is also stored automat ically when the seat posit ion is stored⇒  page 63.

WARNING● Convex (curved outward) or a spherical exterior mirrors increase t he visionfield. They do, however, make object s appear smaller in t he mirror. These mir-rors are only of limited use, therefore, for est imat ing dist ances t o the follow-ing vehicles.

● Use whenever possible t he int erior rear mirror, for est imat ing the dist an-ces to the following vehicles.

Note● If the exterior mirrors are folded in using the remote cont rol of the vehicle key,these are folded back into the driving posit ion after opening the door or switchingon the ignit ion.

● If the exterior mirrors are folded in using the rotary knob ⇒  f ig. 41, they can on-ly be folded back into the driving posit ion using the rotary knob.

● If the exterior mirrors were folded in using the remote cont rol of the vehiclekey and if the rotary knob was in the fold-in posit ion before switching on the igni-t ion, the mirrors remain in the fold-in posit ion the next t ime the ignit ion is switch-ed on. Folding back into the driving posit ion is performed by actuat ing the rotaryknob in a different posit ion from the fold-in posit ion.

● Do not touch the surfaces of the exterior mirrors if the exterior mirror heater isswitched on.

● You can set the exterior mirrors by hand, if the power set t ing funct ion fails atany t ime, by pressing on the edge of the mirror surface.

● Contact your specialist garage if a fault exists with the power set t ing of theexterior mirrors. �

Automat ic dimming exterior mirror on the driver's side

The exterior mirror on the driver's side is dimmed together with the interior mirror.If the automat ic dimming is switched on, the mirror dims automat ically dependingon the light st riking the mirror from the rear.

When the interior lights are switched on or the reverse gear is engaged, the mirroralways moves back into the basic posit ion (not dimmed). £

59Lights and Visibilit y

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 62: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Note● Automat ic mirror dimming operates only properly if the light st riking the rearof the interior rear-view mirror is not affected by other objects.

● Do not aff ix any st ickers in front of the light sensor, so that you do not impairthe automat ic dimming funct ion or put it out of operat ion.

● If you switch off the automat ic dimming interior rear-view mirror, also the ex-terior mirror dimming is switched off. �

60 Lights and Visibility

Page 63: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Seats and Stowage

Front seats

Basic informat ion

The front seats have a wide range of different set t ings and can thus be matchedto the physical characterist ics of the driver and front passenger. Correct adjust -ment of the seats is part icularly important for:● safely and quickly reaching the cont rols;● a relaxed, fat igue-free body posit ion;● achieving t he maximum protect ion of fered by t he seat belts and the airbagsystem.

WARNING● Never t ransport more occupants t han t he maximum seat ing in t he vehicle.

● Each occupant must correct ly fasten the seat belt belonging to the seat .Children must be fastened ⇒  page 146, Transport ing children safely wit h asuitable rest raint system.

● The front seats and t he head rest raints must always be adjusted t o matchthe body size of t he seat occupant as well as the seat belt s must always becorrect ly fastened in order t o provide an opt imal protect ion for you and youroccupants.

● Always keep your feet in t he footwell when t he car is being driven - neverplace your feet on t he inst rument panel, out of t he window or on t he surfacesof t he seat s. This is part icularly important for the f ront seat passenger. Youwill be exposed t o increased risk of injury if it becomes necessary t o apply thebrake or in the event of an accident . If an airbag is deployed, you may suf ferfatal injuries when adopt ing an incorrect seated posit ion!

● It is important for t he driver and f ront passenger t o maintain a dist ance ofat least 25 cm from the steering wheel or dash panel. Not maintaining t hisminimum distance will mean that t he airbag system w ill not be able t o proper-ly protect you - hazard! The f ront seat s and t he head rest raints must alwaysalso be correct ly adjusted t o match t he body size of the occupant .

WARNING (Cont inued)

● Ensure that t here are no object s in t he footwell as any object s may get be-hind t he pedals during a driving or braking manoeuvre. You would t hen nolonger be able t o operate t he clut ch, to brake or accelerate.

● Do not t ransport any object s on t he front passenger seat except object s(e.g. child safet y seat ) provided for t his purpose - risk of accident ! �

Adjust ing the f ront seats

Fig. 42 Cont rols at seat

Adjust ing a seat in a forward/back direct ion

– Pull the lever 1 ⇒  f ig. 42 up and push the seat into the desired posit ion.

– Release the lever 1 and push the seat further unt il the lock is heard to en-gage.

Adjust ing height of seat

– Lift the seat if required by pulling or pumping lever 2 upwards.

– Lower the seat if required by pushing or pumping lever 2 downwards.

Adjust the angle of t he seat backrest

– Relieve any pressure on the seat backrest (do not lean on it ) and turn thehandwheel 3 to adjust the angle of the backrest .

Adjust ing lumbar support

– Turn the lever 4 unt il you have set the most comfortable curvature of theseat upholstery in the area of your spine. £

61Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 64: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The driver's seat should be adjusted in such a way that the pedals can be fullypressed to the f loor with slight ly bent legs.

The seat backrest on the driver's seat should be adjusted in such a way that theupper point of the steering wheel can be easily reached with slight ly bent arms.

WARNING● Only adjust t he driver seat when t he vehicle is st at ionary - risk of injury!

● Take care when adjust ing t he seat ! Adjust ing t he seat w it hout care canlead to bruises or injuries.

● The seat backrests must not be angled t oo far back when driving other-wise t his will af fect proper operat ion of t he seat belt s and of t he airbag sys-tem - risk of injury! �

Folding seat backrest of t he front passenger seat

Fig. 43 Folding seat backrest of t hefront passenger seat

If required, you can fold the seat backrest of the front passenger seat forward intoa horizontal posit ion.

Folding the seat backrest forwards

– Pull the lever in the direct ion of arrow ⇒  f ig. 43 and fold the seat backrest for-ward unt il the unt il the lock is heard to engage.

Put the seat backrest into t he original posit ion

– Pull the lever in the direct ion of arrow and pull the seat backrest forward upunt il the unt il the lock is heard to engage.

WARNING● If you want t o carry object s on t he folded seat backrest , you w ill need t odisable the f ront passenger airbag ⇒  page 145, Switch for t he front passengerfront airbag.

● Adjust t he seat backrest only when t he car is st at ionary.

● When moving t he seat backrest , keep limbs away f rom between t he seatcushion and seat backrest - risk of injury!

● When moving t he seat backrest always make sure t he seat backrest hasbeen properly secured - check that it is by pulling on t he seat backrest .

● If t he f ront passenger seat backrest is folded, passengers may only be con-veyed on t he outer seat behind t he driver.

● Never carry goods on t he folded seat backrest which:– impair driver visibilit y,– make it impossible for t he driver t o cont rol t he vehicle, e.g. if t hey areplaced under t he pedals, or could prot rude into t he driver's zone,– could lead t o injury t o passengers due t o a change of direct ion or brak-ing manouvre when accelerat ing sharply. �

Folding table on the seat backrest of t he front seats

Fig. 44 Folding table on the seat back-rest of t he f ront seat s

– Fold the table into the horizontal posit ion by pulling in the direct ion of arrow⇒  fig. 44.

– Pushing against the direct ion of the arrow folds the table back into the vert i-cal posit ion. £

62 Seats and Stowage

Page 65: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The folding table must not be in the horizontal posit ion while driving. Thiscould lead t o injuries in t he event of an accident .

● Do not place any hot beverages into the folding t able. If t he vehicle moves,t hey may spill - risk of scalding!

● Do not use any cups or beakers which are made of brit t le material (e.g.glass, porcelain). This could lead t o injuries in the event of an accident .

CAUTION● Do not leave any open beverages in the holder. They may spill when brakingand while doing so damage the vehicle.

● The folding table on the seat backrest of the front passenger seats is de-signed to hold smaller objects up to a maximum total weight of 10 kg. �

Adjust ing front seats elect rically

Adjust ing seats

Fig. 45 Side view: Cont rols for adjust ing the seat / seat set t ing switch

Adopt the correct seated posit ion before set t ing ⇒  page 61.

Adjust ing a seat in a forward/back direct ion

– Press the switch B ⇒  f ig. 45 forwards or backwards in the direct ion of arrow1 .

Set t he height of t he seat cushion

– Press the switch B upwards or downwards.

Adjust the angle of t he seat cushion

– Press the switch B at the front in the direct ion of arrow 2 or at the back inthe direct ion of arrow 3 .

Adjust ing the seat backrest

– Press the switch C in the direct ion of the desired set t ing.

Adjust ing lumbar support

– Press the switch A at the front in order to enlarge the curvature of the lum-bar support .

– Press the switch A rear in order to reduce the curvature of the lumbar sup-port .

– Press the switch A top in order to adjust the curvature of the lumbar supporthigher.

– Press the switch A bot tom in order to adjust the curvature of the lumbar sup-port lower.

Switch B is operated in order to move the seat up/down and forward/back, whileswitch C is operated in order to move the backrest forward or back.

WARNING● Only adjust the driver seat when t he vehicle is st at ionary - risk of injury!

● Caut ion when adjust ing t he seat ! You may suf fer injuries or bruises as a re-sult of adjust ing the seat wit hout paying proper at t ent ion.

● In view of t he fact that t he seats can also be adjusted when t he ignit ion issw it ched of f (even when ignit ion key wit hdrawn), you should never leave chil-dren unat t ended in t he car.

● The seat backrests must not be angled t oo far back when driving other-wise t his will af fect proper operat ion of t he seat belt s and of t he airbag sys-tem - risk of injury!

NoteIf the movement of the seat is inadvertent ly interrupted during an adjustment ,once again press the switch in the appropriate direct ion and cont inue with the ad-justment of the seat to the end. �

63Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 66: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Storing set t ing

Fig. 46 Driver seat : Memory but t onsand SET but t on

Storing seat and exterior mirror set t ings for driving forward

– Switch on the ignit ion.

– Adjust the seat ⇒  page 63.

– Adjust both exterior mirrors ⇒  page 58.

– Press but ton SET A ⇒  f ig. 46.

– Press one of the memory but tons B within 10 seconds after pressing the but -ton SET - an acknowledgement signal confirms that the seat sett ing is stored..

Storing exterior mirror set t ing for reversing

– Switch on the ignit ion.

– Turn the exterior mirror cont rol to posit ion � ⇒  page 58.

– Engage reverse gear.

– Move the right exterior mirror into the desired posit ion ⇒  page 58.

– Take the vehicle out of gear. The set posit ion of the exterior mirror is stored.

Memory but t ons

Memory for the seat offers the possibilit y to store the individual driver seat andexternal mirror posit ion. An individual posit ion can be allocated to each of thethree memory but tons B ⇒  f ig. 46, that is three in total. After pressing the corre-sponding memory but ton B , the seat and the exterior mirror are automat icallymoved into the posit ions which have been allocated to this but ton ⇒  page 64.

Emergency Off

You can interrupt the set t ing operat ion at any t ime, if you operate any but ton ofthe driver seat .

Note● For safety reasons, it is not possible to store this posit ion if the inclinat ion an-gle of the seat backrest is more than 102° in relat ion to the seat cushion.

● When storing set t ings with the memory but tons, we recommend that you be-gin with the front but ton and assign a memory but ton to each addit ional driver.

● Each new set t ing stored with the same but ton erases the previous set t ing.

● Each t ime you store the seat and exterior mirror set t ings for driving forwardyou also have to re-store the individual set t ing of the exterior mirror on the pas-senger side for reversing. �

Assigning the remote cont rol key to the memory but tons

After storing the set t ings of the seat and exterior mirrors, you have 10 seconds inorder to assign the remote control to the appropriate memory button.

– Withdraw the ignit ion key.

– Press the unlock but ton ⇒  page 37, after the successful assignment an audiblesignal will sound. The set t ing is stored with the memory but ton which youhave selected.

If you wish to be able to retrieve the set t ings which are stored in the memory byalso using the remote control, you have to assign the remote control to a memorybutton in each case.

If you wish, you can obtain an addit ional remote cont rol key from an authorisedŠKODA Service partner and then assign the remote cont rol key to another memo-ry but ton.

Note● If the remote cont rol had previously been assigned to another memory but ton,this set t ing is then erased by the new assignment .

● If you assign the remote control to a memory but ton which has already beenassigned to a remote cont rol, the old assignment is also replaced by a new assign-ment in this case. £

64 Seats and Stowage

Page 67: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● The assignment of the radio remote cont rol to a memory button is retained,however, after reassigning the seats and exterior mirrors.

● After the successful assignment , the turn signal lights f lash and an audiblesignal will sound as a confirmat ion. The sett ing is stored with the memory but tonwhich you have selected. �

Ret rieving set t ings of t he seat and mirrors

You can retrieve the stored set t ings either with the memory but-tons or with the remote control.

Ret rieving set t ings wit h memory but t ons

– In order to retrieve the stored set t ing, you have two possibilit ies:

– By brief ly pressing:Briefly press the desired memory but ton B ⇒  f ig. 46. Theseat and exterior mirror are moved automat ically into the stored posit ions (thisapplies only if the ignit ion is switched on and the speed is less than 5 km/h).

– By pressing for a long period of t ime: press and hold the desired memory but -ton B pressed long enough unt il the seat and the exterior mirrors are movedinto the stored posit ions.

Ret rieving set t ings wit h remote cont rol

– If the driver door is closed and the ignit ion is switched off, briefly press the un-lock but ton of the remote cont rol ⇒  page 37 and then open the driver door.

– The seat and exterior mirrors now move automat ically into the stored posi-t ions.

Ret rieving set t ing of exterior mirror for reversing

– Turn the rotary knob for the exterior mirror set t ing into the posit ion �⇒  page 58 before engaging the reverse gear.

The mirror returns into its init ial posit ion, after the rotary knob is moved out of theposit ion � and put into another posit ion or if the speed is more than 15 km/h.

Emergency Off

You can interrupt the set t ing operat ion at any t ime, if you operate any but ton ofthe driver seat . �

Head rest raints

Fig. 47 Head rest raint : Adjust ing/pulling out

Best protect ion is achieved if the top edge of the head rest raint is at the samelevel as the upper part of your head.

Adjust ing the height of a head rest raint

– Grasp the side of the head restraint with both hands and push it in upward di-rect ion as desired ⇒  f ig. 47 - left .

– Move the head rest raint downwards if required by pressing and holding thesafety but ton with one hand ⇒  fig. 47 - right and by pressing with the otherhand the head rest raint downwards.

Removing and installing a head rest raint

– Pull the head rest raint out of the seat backrest as far as the stop.

– Press the locking but ton in the direct ion of arrow ⇒  fig. 47 - right and pull thehead rest raint out .

– To re-insert the head rest raint , push it down into the seat backrest far enoughunt il you hear the locking but ton engage.

The posit ion of the front and rear outer head restraints is adjustable in height .The middle rear head rest raint is adjustable in two posit ions.

The head restraints must be adjusted to match the size of the seat occupant . Cor-rect ly adjusted head restraints together with the seat belts offer effect ive protec-t ion for the occupants ⇒  page 129, Correct seated posit ion. £

65Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 68: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The head rest raint s must be correct ly adjusted in order t o of fer ef fect iveprotect ion for t he occupants in the event of an accident .

● Do not drive under any circumstance w it h removed head rest raint s - risk ofinjury!

● If t he rear seat s are occupied, t he rear head rest raint must not be in t helower posit ion. �

Middle rear head rest raint

Fig. 48 Rear seats: middle head re-st raint

IIn certain countries nat ional legal provisions also require the equipment of therear seat with f ixing eyes for child seat using the “Top Tether” system⇒  page 152, At taching child seat using the “Top Tether” system. For vehicles,which are equipped with such fixing eyes, a deviat ing sequence for removing themiddle head rest raint must be observed.

Removing and installing the rear middle head rest raint

– Pull the head rest raint out of the seat backrest as far as the stop.

– Press the locking but ton in the direct ion of arrow ⇒  fig. 48 and pull the headrest raint out .

– To re-insert the head rest raint , push it down into the seat backrest far enoughunt il you hear the locking but ton engage.

WARNING● The head rest raints must be correct ly adjusted in order t o of fer ef fect iveprotect ion for the occupants in t he event of an accident .

● Do not drive under any circumstance with removed head rest raints - risk ofinjury!

● If t he rear seat s are occupied, t he rear head rest raint must not be in t helower posit ion. �

Rear seats

Adjust ing seats in forward/back direct ion

Fig. 49 Releasing at the f ront / rear

To enlarge the luggage compartment, the outer rear seats can be pushed for-wards, folded fully forwards or the seats can be removed.

Moving seat s in forward/back direct ion

– Pull the lever A ⇒  fig. 49 up in the direction of arrow 1 or on the release loopin direct ion of arrow 2 and move the seat into the desired posit ion 3 .

NotePlease refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 130, Correct seated posit ion forthe occupants on the rear seats. �

66 Seats and Stowage

Page 69: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Adjust ing the seat backrest

Fig. 50 Adjust ing t he seat backrest

Adjust t he angle of t he seat backrest

– Pull the lever ⇒  f ig. 50 and adjust the desired angle of the seat backrest . �

Folding rear seats forwards

Fig. 51 Fold seat forward/ secure folded forward seats

Folding rear seats fully forwards and secure

– Pult the belt tongue into the opening of the wheel housing on the respect iveside of the vehicle - safety posit ion.

– Remove the head rest raint from the rear middle seat ⇒  page 66.

– Move the rear exterior seats as far as possible to the rear ⇒  page 66.

– Pull on the levers ⇒  f ig. 50 and fold the seat backrests of the rear exteriorseats onto the seat cushion as far as the stop.

– Fold the middle rear seat backrest forwards in the same way, then pull oncemore on the lever ⇒  f ig. 50 and press the seat backrest downwards unt il it isheard to lock into a lower posit ion.

– Pull the lever ⇒  f ig. 51 up and then fold the seat fully forwards.

– Secure the folded forward seat with the aid of the f ixing belt B to a guide rodof the head restraint for the front seat ⇒  f ig. 51.

WARNING● Immediately secure t he folded forward seat w it h the aid of t he f ixing beltto a guide rod of t he head rest raint for t he f ront seat - t here is a risk of injuryas soon as t he vehicle st art s of f .

● If t he seat is not in t he rear end posit ion, damage can occur to the lockingbolts if the seat is unlocked.

CAUTIONMake sure that the storage compartment, the ashtray and the cup holder in therear part of the centre console are closed (otherwise these could get damaged)before folding forward the rear middle seat .

NotePlease refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 129, Correct seated posit ion forthe driver. �

Removing seats

Fig. 52 Unlocking the folded forward seat /carrying handles on the seat cushion £

67Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 70: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Unlocking and removing seats

– Unlock the folded forward seat by pressing the seat locks in direct ion of arrow1 ⇒  f ig. 52.

– Remove the seat by way of the carrying handles on the seat cushion A⇒  f ig. 52 and B .

NoteThe outer seats are not mutually interchangeable. In the rear area the left seat ismarked with the let ter L and the right seat with the let ter R.

NotePlease refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 130, Correct seated posit ion forthe occupants on the rear seats. �

Adjust ing seats in crosswise direct ion

Fig. 53 Locking the seat

Moving seat s in crosswise direct ion

– Remove the middle seat ⇒  page 68.

– Fold the outer seat forwards ⇒  page 67 and lock it ⇒  f ig. 52.

– Move the folded forward and unlocked seat on the guide towards the middleof the vehicle up to the stop.

– Lock the seat at the end of the guide ⇒  fig. 53. �

Move seats into the init ial posit ion

Fig. 54 Folding t he seat backrest backinto posit ion

Locking seat s and folding back into posit ion

– If the seat is removed, f irst of all posit ion it on the guide and lock the seat⇒  fig. 53. Check for yourself that the seat is correct ly locked by pulling it up.

– Fold the seat into the horizontal posit ion unt il it is heard to lock. Check foryourself that the seat can no longer be lif ted by pulling it up.

– Push the lever ⇒  f ig. 54 and fold the backrest back into posit ion. Check foryourself that the seat backrest is engaged.

– Take the belt tongue out of the safety holder.

– Close the guide loop of the seat belt on the side of the outer seats unt il it isheard to lock.

WARNING● The belt locks and the belt s must be in t heir original posit ion af t er foldingback the seat cushions and t he seat backrests - they must be ready to use.

● The seat backrest s must be securely int erlocked in posit ion so t hat no ob-ject s in t he luggage compartment can slide forwards if t here is sudden brak-ing - risk of injury!

● When folding the seat backrest always make sure t hat it has safely lockedinto posit ion, t his is conf irmed by the posit ion and a visible marking on t hecover of t he lever.

NoteThe seat belts of the outer seats must always be guided through the guide loopsnext to the head rest raints. Otherwise the seat belts can slip behind the seat . �

68 Seats and Stowage

Page 71: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Folding table on the middle seat backrest

Fig. 55 Rear seats: Armrest

– The middle seat backrest can be folded ⇒  page 67, Folding rear seats forwardsforwards and used as armrest or table with cup holder ⇒  f ig. 55.

– You can place two cups or beverage cans into the recesses.

WARNING● Do not place any hot beverages into the cup holder. If t he vehicle moves,t hey may spill - risk of scalding!

● Do not use any cups or beakers which are made of brit t le material (e.g.glass, porcelain). This could lead t o injuries in the event of an accident .

CAUTIONDo not open the beverages in the cup holder while driving. There is a risk of spill-ing e.g. when braking and therefore the elect rical components or the seat uphols-tery can be damaged.

Not eIf the middle rear seat backrest should be folded forward for lengthy periods, thenmake sure that the belt locks are not located below it - this can result in perma-nent damage to the upholstery. �

Seat heat ing of t he f ront seats

Fig. 56 Dash panel: Regulator for f rontseat heat ing

You can elect rically heat the seat cushions and the seat backrests of the frontseats.

Front seats

– You can switch on and regulate the seat heat ing of the driver or front passen-ger seat by pressing the surface of the regulator at the point at which thesymbol is located � ⇒  f ig. 56.

– With one press, you can switch the heat ing to highest intensity - 3rd stage,which is indicated by the light ing up of the three warning lights in the switch.

– With repeated pressing of the switch, the intensity of the heat ing is down-regulated up to the switch-off. The intensity of the heat ing is indicated by thenumber of illuminated warning lights in the switch.

WARNINGIf , as an occupant , you have a subdued pain and/or t emperature sensit ivit y,e.g. t hrough medicat ion, paralysis or because of chronic illness (e.g. diabetes),we recommend not t o use t he seat heat ing. This can lead t o burns on theback, the posterior and the legs which are dif f icult t o heal. If t he seat heat ingis used, we recommend t o make regular breaks in your journey when drivinglong dist ances, so t hat in specif ic cases as ment ioned above t he body can re-cuperate from the st ress of t he journey. Please consult your doctor, who canevaluate your specif ic condit ion. £

69Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 72: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTION● You should not kneel on the seats or otherwise apply pressure at specif icpoints in order to avoid damaging the heat ing elements of the seat heaters.

● Do not use the seat heat ing if the seats are not occupied by persons or if ob-jects are fastened or stored on them, for example a child seat , a bag etc. A fault ofthe heat ing elements in the seat heat ing can occur.

● Do not clean the seats moist ⇒  page 184.

Note● The seat heat ing should only be switched on when the engine is running. Thishas a signif icant effect of saving on the bat tery capacity.

● If the on-board voltage drops, the seat heat ing is switched off automat ically,in order to provide suff icient electrical energy for the engine cont rol. �

Pedals

Concerning a secure depressing of the pedal, you should use only footmats fromthe ŠKODA Original Accessories.

Operat ion of t he pedals must not be hindered!

WARNING● Greater pedal dist ances may be needed when t here is a fault in the brakesystem.

● Do not place any footmats or other addit ional f loor coverings in the area ofthe pedals in order t o ensure t hat all t he pedals can be fully depressed and areable to return unobst ructed t o t heir init ial posit ion - risk of accident !

● There must be no objects on t he f loor which could roll under the pedals.You would t hen no longer be able to apply the brakes, operate t he clut ch oraccelerator - risk of accident ! �

luggage compartment

Loading the luggage compartment

Please observe the following in the interest of having good handling characteris-t ics of your vehicle:

– Dist ribute the items of luggage as evenly as possible.

– Place heavy objects as far forward as possible.

– At tach the items of luggage to the lashing eyes or the f ixing net ⇒  page 71.

In the event of an accident , there is such a high kinet ic energy which is producedby small and light objects that they can cause severe injuries. The magnitude ofthe kinet ic energy depends on the speed at which the vehicle is t ravelling and onthe weight of the object . The speed at which the vehicle is t ravelling is in this casethe more signif icant factor.

Example: In the event of a frontal collision at a speed of 50 km/h, an unsecuredobject with a weight of 4.5 kg produces an energy, which corresponds to 20 t imesits own weight . This means that it results in a weight of approx. 90 kg. You canimagine the injuries that can occur, if this “bullet ” is f lying through the interiorcompartment and hits an occupant.

WARNING● Store the objects in the luggage compartment and at t ach t hem to t helashing eyes.

● Loose object s in t he passenger compartment can be t hrown forward dur-ing a sudden manoeuvre or in case of an accident and can injure t he occupantsor other oncoming t raf f ic. This risk is st ill increased, if t he object s which areflying around are hit by a deployed airbag. In this case, t he object s which arethrown back can injure t he occupants - hazard.

● Please note t hat the handling propert ies of your vehicle may be af fectedwhen t ransport ing heavy object s as a result of t he displacement of t he cent reof gravit y. The speed and style of driving must be adjusted accordingly.

● The it ems carried in t he luggage compartment should be stored in such away that no objects are able t o slip forward if t here are any sudden driving orbraking manoeuvres undertaken - risk of injury!

● Never drive w it h the boot lid fully opened or slight ly ajar otherwise ex-haust gases may get int o t he interior of t he vehicle - risk of poisoning!

● On no account exceed the permissible axle loads and t he permissible grossweight of t he vehicle - risk of accident !

● Never t ransport occupants in the luggage compartment !

CAUTIONPlease ensure that the heat ing elements of the rear window heater are not dam-aged as a result of objects sliding in this area. £

70 Seats and Stowage

Page 73: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Not eTyre pressure must be adjusted to the load ⇒  page 201. �

Vehicles of category N1

On vehicles of the category N1, which are not f it ted with a protect ive grille, a lash-ing set which complies with the standard EN 12195 (1 - 4) must be used for fasten-ing the load. �

Fastening elements

Fig. 57 Luggage compartment : Lashing eyes and fastening elements/at tachment points andfastening st rip

Fixing eyes and fastening elements ⇒  f ig. 57 or f ixing eyes and a fastening st ripare f it ted on both sides of the luggage compartment ⇒  f ig. 57 - right .

You can also at tach the f ixing nets for stowing small items of luggage, in the lug-gage compartment on the f ixing eyes and fastening elements or on the f ixingeyes and the fastening strip with integrated hook ⇒  f ig. 57.

The fixing nets and the installat ion inst ruction are located in the luggage com-partment .

WARNING● The load t o be t ransported must be f ixed in place in such a way that it can-not move during t he journey and when braking.

● If t he it ems of luggage or object s are at t ached t o t he lashing eyes w it h un-suit able or damaged lashing st raps, injuries can occur in the event of brakingmanoeuvres or accident s. In order t o prevent t he it ems of luggage beingthrown forward, always use suit able lashing st raps which are f irmly at t achedto the lashing eyes. �

Folding hooks

Fig. 58 Luggage compartment : foldinghooks

Folding hooks for at taching small items of luggage, such as bags etc., are providedon both sides of the luggage compartment ⇒  f ig. 58.

An item of luggage weighing up to 7.5 kg can be at tached to the hook.

WARNINGPlease refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 70. �

71Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 74: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Fastening st rip with moveable hook

Fig. 59 Luggage compartment : Fastening st rip wit h moveable hook/ remove hook

A fastening st rip is located on both sides of the luggage compartment with twomoveable hooks each, in order to at tach small items of luggage, such as bags etc.⇒  fig. 59. An item of luggage weighing up to 7.5 kg can be at tached to each hook.

Move the hook into another posit ion

– Fold up the hook in direct ion of arrow 1 ⇒  f ig. 59 unt il an angle of approx. 45°is reached.

– Move the hook in direct ion of arrow 2 ⇒  f ig. 59 into the desired posit ion andfold down the hook as far as the stop in direct ion of arrow 3 .

Remove t he hook from the fastening st rip

– Fold the hook in direct ion of arrow 4 unt il it slackens.

Install the hook on t he fastening st rip

– Posit ion the hook on the fastening st rip in the vert ical posit ion in direct ion ofarrow 5 and light ly press it on.

– Fold the hook down in opposite direct ion of the arrow 4 unt il it locks fully.

WARNINGPlease refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 70. �

Fixing nets - Net programme

Fig. 60 Fixing net : double horizont al pocket , f loor f ixing net /double vert ical pocket

Fixing examples of the f ixing net as double horizontal pocket, f loor f ixing net⇒  f ig. 60 - left , and double vert ical pocket ⇒  fig. 60 - right .

The f ixing nets and the installat ion inst ruct ion are located in the luggage com-partment.

WARNING● The st rength of t he net makes it possible t o load the pocket wit h object sof up t o 1.5 kg in weight . Heavy object s are not secured suf f icient ly - risk ofinjury and net damage!

● The load to be t ransported must be f ixed in place in such a way t hat it can-not move during t he journey and when braking.

CAUTIONDo not place any objects with sharp edges in the nets - risk of net damage. �

72 Seats and Stowage

Page 75: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The luggage compartment cover

You can use the luggage compartment cover behind the head re-straints for storing light and soft items.

Fig. 61 Removing the luggage compart -ment cover

The luggage compartment cover can be removed as required if one must t rans-port bulky goods.

Removing the luggage compartment cover

– Fold the seat backrests a lit t le forward in order to facilitate the removal of theluggage compartment cover.

– Unhook the support st raps 1 ⇒  f ig. 61.

– Place the cover in the horizontal posit ion.

– Pull the luggage compartment cover out of the holders 2 to the rear or presson the bot tom side of the luggage compartment cover in the front area.

– Fold the slackened front part of the luggage compartment cover over the headrest raints of the rear seats.

– Slight ly t ilt the luggage compartment cover and remove it to the rear.

– Install again by pushing the luggage compartment cover forwards into theholder 2 and hanging the support st raps 1 on the boot lid.

You can stow the removed luggage compartment cover behind the rear seat back-rest .

WARNINGNo objects should be placed on t he luggage compartment cover, the vehicleoccupants could be endangered if t here is sudden braking or the vehicle col-lides wit h something.

CAUTIONPlease ensure that the heat ing wire of the rear window heater is not damaged asa result of objects placed in this area.

NoteOpening the tailgate also lif t s up the luggage compartment cover. �

Stat ic separat ion net

Fig. 62 Use of t he stat ic separat ion net behind the rear seat s/ behind the front seats

Install the stat ic separat ion net behind the front seats or the rear seats.

Install the stat ic separat ion net behind the rear seat s

– Remove the luggage compartment cover ⇒  page 73.

– Take the separat ion net out of the bag.

– Unfold both parts of the cross rod unt il they are heard to engage.

– Insert the cross rod into the mount B ⇒  fig. 62 f irst on the one side and pushthe cross rod forward. In the same way, f ix the cross rod to the other side ofthe vehicle, mount B .

– Hang the carabines C at the ends of the st rap into the fixing eyes behind therear or front seats. £

73Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 76: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

– Pull the st rap through the tensioning clasp, f irst of all on the one side andthen on the other side.

Remove t he stat ic separat ion net behind t he rear seat s

– Slacken the bands on both sides and take off the carabines C ⇒  f ig. 62.

– Push the cross rod f irst of all on the one side and then on the other side to-wards the rear.

– Take the cross rod out of the mounts B .

Pack stat ic separat ion net

– Press the red but ton of the joint A - so that it releases.

– Put the separat ion net folded together in the bag and close it .

– Attach the bag with the aid of the plast ic carabines to the eyes on the left andright luggage compartment t rim panel.

Installing and removing the stat ic separat ion net behind the rear seats with varia-ble loading f loor ⇒  page 74 is carried out analogously as behind the rear seatswithout variable loading floor. Use the lower fixing eyes on the carrier rails in or-der to at tach the carabines.

The opening D ⇒  f ig. 62 in the separat ion net is designed to feed through thethree-point seat belt ⇒  page 135. �

Variable loading f loor in t he luggage compartment

Remove variable loading f loor

Fig. 63 Luggage compart ment : Fold up variable loading f loor/ remove

The variable loading f loor makes it easier to handle bulky goods and creates aneven luggage compartment f loor when the rear seat backrests are folded forward.The maximum permissible surface load of the variable loading f loor is 75 kg.

Removing t he variable loading f loor

– You can fold together the loading f loor by moving it in direct ion of arrow 1⇒  fig. 63.

– Raise the variable loading f loor in direct ion of arrow 2 ⇒  f ig. 63.

– Pull on both sides of the locking levers in direct ion of arrow 3 ⇒  f ig. 63.

– Pull the variable loading floor up and out in direct ion of arrow 4 .

– The installat ion of the variable loading f loor is carried out in the reverse order.

Secure t he variable loading f loor in the raised posit ion

– Fold up the hooks on the fastening strip in direct ion of arrow 1 ⇒  fig. 59.

– Fold up the variable loading f loor behind the seat backrests of the rear seats.

– Fold down the hooks in direct ion of arrow 3 as far as the stop ⇒  f ig. 59.

– Support the variable loading f loor on the hooks folded downwards.

WARNINGPay at t ent ion when installing t he variable loading f loor t hat the carrier railsand t he variable loading f loor are correct ly f ixed, otherw ise the occupants areat risk.

NoteIf the variable loading floor is installed, no f lexible storage compartment can be in-stalled. �

74 Seats and Stowage

Page 77: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Remove carrier rails

Fig. 64 Luggage compart ment : Slacken check points/ remove carrier rails

Remove carrier rails

– Slacken the check points B ⇒  fig. 64 on the carrier rails using the vehicle keyor a f lat screwdriver.

– Grasp the carrier rail A at the posit ion 1 and slacken it by pulling in the direc-t ion of the arrow.

– Grasp the carrier rail A at the posit ion 2 , slacken it by pulling in the direct ionof the arrow and take it out .

– The carrier rail on the other side of the luggage compartment can be removedin the same way.

Install carrier rails

– Posit ion the carrier rails on the sides of the luggage compartment.

– Press both check points on each carrier rail up to the stop.

– Check the at tachment of the carrier rails by pulling it .

WARNINGPay at t ent ion when installing t hat t he carrier rails and the variable loadingf loor are correct ly f ixed, otherwise t he occupants are at risk. �

Variable loading f loor with spare wheel

Use variable loading f loor

Fig. 65 Luggage compartment : Fold t he side parts of the loading f loor/example for using thevariable loading f loor

The variable loading f loor makes it easier to handle bulky goods and creates aneven luggage compartment f loor when the rear seat backrests are folded forward.The maximum permissible surface load of the variable loading floor is 75 kg.

You can fold down the side parts of the variable loading f loor in direct ion of arrowin order to enlarge the space foreseen for stowing items of luggage ⇒  f ig. 65.

Note● If the variable loading f loor with spare wheel is installed, no flexible storagecompartment can be installed.

● The variable loading floor with spare wheel can be secured in the raised posi-t ion in the same way as the variable loading f loor without spare wheel ⇒  page 74,Secure the variable loading f loor in the raised posit ion. �

75Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 78: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Removable storage box

Fig. 66 Luggage compart ment : Storagebox

The storage box A is housed under the variable loading f loor. If necessary, youcan remove it .

There is a space for the vehicle tool kit under the storage box ⇒  page 208.

WARNINGThe removable storage box must be located under t he variable loading f loorfor t he safe use of t he variable loading f loor. �

Roof rack

Roof rail

Fig. 67 Roof rail

CAUTION● Only use roof racks approved by ŠKODA.

● If you use other roof rack systems or if the roof bars are not properly fit ted,then any damage which may result to your car is not covered by the warrantyagreements. It is therefore essent ial to pay at tent ion to the f it t ing inst ruct ionssupplied with the roof luggage rack system.

● On vehicles with a panorama roof, make sure that the t ilted panorama roofdoes not st rike any items which are t ransported.

● Ensure that the opened boot lid does not collide with the roof load.

For the sake of the environmentThe increased aerodynamic drag results in a higher fuel consumpt ion. �

Roof load

Dist ribute the weight evenly over the roof luggage rack system. The maximumpermissible roof load (including roof rack system) of 100 kg and the maximum per-missible total weight of the vehicle should not be exceeded.

You cannot make full use of the permissible roof load if you use a roof luggagerack system with a lower load carrying capacity. The load t ransported on the roofluggage rack system must not exceed the weight limit which is stated in the f it -t ing inst ruct ions.

WARNING● The it ems which you t ransport on the roof bar system must be reliably at -tached - risk of accident !

● You must on no account exceed t he permissible roof load, t he permissibleaxle loads and the permissible gross weight of your vehicle - risk of accident !

● Please note t hat the handling propert ies of your vehicle change when yout ransport heavy or bulky it ems on t he roof bar system as a result of t he dis-placement of t he cent re of gravit y and t he increased w ind at t ack area - risk ofaccident ! You must absolutely adapt your st yle of driving and t he speed of t hevehicle t o t he specif ic circumstances. �

76 Seats and Stowage

Page 79: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Cup holder

Cup holder in f ront cent re console

Fig. 68 Front cent re console: Cup holder

You can place two cups or beverage cans into the recesses ⇒  f ig. 68.

WARNING● Do not place any hot beverages into the cup holder. If t he vehicle moves,t hey may spill - risk of scalding!

● Do not use any cups or beakers which are made of brit t le material (e.g.glass, porcelain). This could lead t o injuries in the event of an accident .

CAUTIONDo not open the beverages in the cup holder while driving. There is a risk of spill-ing e.g. when braking and therefore the elect rical components or the seat uphols-tery can be damaged. �

Cup holder in rear cent re console

Fig. 69 Cent re console at rear: Cupholder

– Press on the panel in the area A ⇒  f ig. 69 - the cup holder comes out .

– Pull the cup holder out as far as the stop.

– Adjust the cup holder by moving the locking plate B .

WARNING● Do not place any hot beverages into t he cup holder. If the vehicle moves,they may spill - risk of scalding!

● Do not use any cups or beakers which are made of brit t le material (e.g.glass, porcelain). This could lead t o injuries in t he event of an accident .

CAUTION● The cup holder in the rear part of the cent re console must be closed (other-wise it could get damaged) before folding forward the rear middle seat .

● Do not open the beverages in the cup holder while driving. They may spillwhen braking and while doing so damage the vehicle. �

77Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 80: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Note holder

Fig. 70 Windscreen: Note holder

The parking t icket holder is designed e.g. for at taching a car park t icket in parkingareas.

The at tached note has to always be removed before start ing off in order not torestrict the driver's vision. �

Asht ray

Front asht ray

Fig. 71 Cent re console: Front asht ray

Removing asht ray

– Remove the asht ray ⇒  f ig. 71 upwards. When removing do not hold the asht rayat the cover - risk of breakage.

Replacing asht ray

– Insert the asht ray vert ically.

WARNINGNever lay f lammable object s in the asht ray basin - risk of f ire! �

Rear asht ray - low cent re console

Fig. 72 Low cent re console: Rear ash-t ray

Opening asht ray

– Grasp the ashtray cover at the lower edge A and fold it open in the direct ionof arrow ⇒  f ig. 72.

Removing asht ray

– Grasp the ashtray at the handle B and pull it out in an upward direct ion.

Replacing asht ray

– Insert the asht ray into the console and press it in.

WARNINGNever lay f lammable object s in the asht ray basin - risk of f ire!

CAUTIONThe asht ray in the rear part of the cent re console must be closed (otherwise itcould get damaged) before folding forward the rear middle seat . �

78 Seats and Stowage

Page 81: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Rear asht ray - high cent re console

Fig. 73 High cent re console: Rear ash-t ray

Opening asht ray

– Press on the top part of the cover of the ashtray in area A ⇒  f ig. 73.

Removing asht ray insert

– Press the cover of the asht ray down slight ly as far as the stop.

– Grasp the asht ray insert at the cover B and pull it out .

Insert asht ray insert

– Insert the asht ray insert into the mount and press it in.

WARNINGNever lay f lammable objects in t he asht ray basin - risk of f ire!

CAUTIONThe asht ray in the rear part of the centre console must be closed (otherwise itcould get damaged) before folding forward the rear middle seat . �

Cigaret te lighter, power sockets

Cigaret te lighter

You can also use the socket on the cigaret te lighter for other elec-t rical appliances.

Fig. 74 Cent re console: Cigaret te light er

Using t he cigaret t e lighter

– Press in the but ton of the cigaret te lighter ⇒  fig. 74.

– Wait unt il the but ton jumps forward.

– Remove the cigaret te lighter immediately and use it .

– Insert the cigaret te lighter again into the socket .

Using t he socket

– Remove the cigaret te lighter or the cover of the power socket.

– Connect the plug of the elect rical appliance to the socket .

The 12 volt power socket can also be used to supply power to addit ional elect ricalaccessories with a power uptake up to 120 wat ts.

WARNING● Take care when using t he cigaret t e lighter! Not paying proper at t ent ion orincorrect use t he cigaret t e lighter in an uncont rolled manner may result inburns.

● The cigaret t e lighter and the power socket also operates when the ignit ionis sw it ched off or the ignit ion key wit hdrawn. You should t herefore neverleave children unat t ended in t he vehicle. £

79Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 82: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTIONAlways use matching plugs to avoid damaging the power socket .

Note● Connect ing elect rical components when t he engine is not running will drainthe bat t ery of the vehicle - risk of bat t ery draining!

● Further informat ion ⇒  page 207, Accessories, changes and replacement ofparts. �

Power socket in t he luggage compartment

Fig. 75 Luggage compart ment : Powersocket

– Open the cover of the power socket ⇒  f ig. 75.

– Connect the plug of the elect rical appliance to the socket .

You can only use the power socket for the connect ion of approved electrical ac-cessories with a power uptake up to 120 wat ts. The vehicle bat tery will be dis-charged in the process if the engine is stat ionary.

The same remarks apply here as for ⇒  page 79, Cigaret te lighter, power sockets.

Further informat ion ⇒  page 207, Accessories, changes and replacement of parts. �

Storage compartments

Overview

You will f ind the following storage facilit ies in your vehicle:

Storage compartment on the front passenger side ⇒  page 80

Storage compartment on the dash panel ⇒  page 81

Stowage compartment in front cent re console ⇒  page 82

Stowage compartment for spectacles ⇒  page 82

Storage compartment in the front and rear doors ⇒  page 82

Stowage compartment below front passenger seat ⇒  page 83

Front seat armrest with stowage compartment ⇒  page 83

Stowage compartment in rear centre console ⇒  page 84

Storage compartments in the luggage compartment ⇒  page 84

Flexible storage compartment ⇒  page 84

Clothes hooks ⇒  page 85

Through-loading bag ⇒  page 85

WARNING● Please do not place anything on t op of t he dash panel. Such object s mightslide or fall down when driving (when accelerat ing or cornering) and may dis-t ract you f rom concent rat ing on t he t raf f ic situat ion - risk of accident !

● Ensure t hat when driving no object s f rom the cent re console of f rom otherstorage possibilit ies may get int o t he footwell of t he driver. You would t henno longer be able to apply the brakes, operate t he clut ch or accelerator - riskof accident ! �

Storage compartment on the front passenger side

Fig. 76 Dash panel: Storage compart -ment on the f ront passenger side £

80 Seats and Stowage

Page 83: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Opening and closing the storage compartment on the f ront passenger side

– Press the but ton ⇒  fig. 76 - the lid folds down.

– Raise the lid and press it unt il the catch is heard to engage.

In the storage compartment are pin holders.

WARNINGThe storage compartment must always be closed when driving for safet y rea-sons. �

Cooling of storage compartment on front passengerside

Fig. 77 Storage compartment : Usingcooling system

– You can switch on the cooling system by pulling the lever in direct ion of arrow⇒  f ig. 77.

– Switch off the cooling system by insert ing the lever.

Opening the air supply when the air condit ioning system is switched on allowscooled air to f low into the storage compartment .

Opening the air inlet when the air condit ioning system is on causes fresh or interi-or air to f low into the storage compartment.

We recommend that you switch off the cooling if it is operat ing in the heat ingmode or if you are not using the cooling system for the storage compartment . �

Storage compartment on the dash panel

Fig. 78 Dash panel: Storage compart -ment

– Press on the but ton ⇒  f ig. 78 in direct ion of arrow, the cover then folds up-wards.

Certain model versions are equipped without lid for the storage compartment .

WARNING● The storage compartment is not a subst it ute for t he asht ray and must alsonot be used for such purposes - risk of f ire!

● The storage compartment must always be closed when driving for safet yreasons.

● Do not put any highly inf lammable object s or object s which are sensit ive toheat (e.g. lighters, sprays, spectacles, carbonated drinks) in t he storage com-partment . �

81Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 84: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Stowage compartment in front cent re console

Fig. 79 Front cent re console: Storagecompartment

The storage compartment without cover in the centre console is foreseen forstorage of small objects.

WARNINGThe storage compartment is not a subst it ut e for the asht ray and must alsonot be used for such purposes - risk of f ire! �

Stowage compartment for spectacles

Fig. 80 Det ail of the headliner: Stowagecompartment for spect acles

– Press the but ton A ⇒  f ig. 80, the storage compartment folds down.

CAUTION● The compartment must only be opened when removing or insert ing the spec-tacles and otherwise must be kept closed.

● Do not put any heat-sensit ive objects in the stowage compartment - they maybe damaged.

● On vehicles which are f it ted with an ant i-theft alarm system, the opened stor-age compartment reduces the effect iveness of the sensors for the interior moni-tor. �

Storage compartment in t he front and rear doors

Fig. 81 St orage compart ment in t hefront doors

A bot t le holder is located in the area B ⇒  f ig. 81 of the storage compartment forthe front and rear doors.

WARNINGUse the area A ⇒  f ig. 81 of t he storage compartment only for st oring object swhich do not project so t hat t he ef fect iveness of t he side airbag is not im-paired. �

82 Seats and Stowage

Page 85: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Stowage compartment below front passenger seat

Fig. 82 Front passenger seat : Storagecompartment

– Tilt the lock to open the f lap and pull out the f lap ⇒  f ig. 82.

– Tilt the lock to close the f lap and press flap close.

CAUTIONThe storage compartment is designed for storing small objects of up to 1.5 kg. inweight . �

Front seat armrest with storage compartment

Fig. 83 Armrest : Storage compartment /cooling of st orage compartment

The armrest is adjustable for height and length.

Opening stowage compartment

– Open the lid of the armrest in the direct ion of arrow 1 ⇒  fig. 83.

Closing stowage compartment

– Open the lid up to the stop, then you can fold it downwards.

Set t ing height

– First of all fold the lid to the bot tom and lif t it in the direct ion of arrow into oneof the 4 f ixed posit ions.

Adjust ing in forward/back direct ion

– Push the lid into the desired posit ion.

Opening air inlet

– Pull the lock A in upward direct ion.

Closing air inlet

– Push the lock A as far as the stop downwards.

On vehicles f it ted with air condit ioning, the storage compartment is equippedwith a lockable inlet for thermally t reated (warmed-up) air.

At open air supply, air flows into the storage with a temperature which is as highas the one out of the air out let nozzles, depending on temperature set t ing.

The air inlet in the storage compartment is connected to posit ion � through ad-justment of the control dial for air dist ribut ion. This posit ion causes the maximumamount of air to flow into the storage compartment (depending on the rotary reg-ulator posit ion for the fan).

You can use the storage compartment , for example, to temper drinks cans, etc.

If you do not use t he air inlet in t he storage compartment , the end cover shouldalways be kept closed.

NotePush the lid of the armrest up to stop to the rear before operat ing the handbrake. �

83Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 86: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Stowage compartment in rear cent re console

Fig. 84 Cent re console at rear: Storagecompartment

The storage compartment is equipped with a removable insert .

– Open the storage compartment by pulling on the upper edge of the storagecompartment A in the direct ion of arrow ⇒  fig. 84.

WARNINGThe storage compartment is not a subst it ut e for the asht ray and must alsonot be used for such purposes - risk of f ire!

CAUTIONThe storage compartment in the rear part of the cent re console must be closed(otherwise it could get damaged) before folding forward the rear middle seat . �

Storage compartments in t he luggage compartment

Fig. 85 Luggage compartment : St orage compartments

Storage compartments are located on both sides of the luggage compartment .

The removable storage compartment A ⇒  f ig. 85 on the left side is suitable forstowing small objects weighing up to 1.5 kg.

The storage compartment B ⇒  fig. 85 on the right side is suitable for stowingsmall objects weighing up to 0.5 kg. �

Flexible storage compartment

Fig. 86 Flexible storage compartment

A flexible storage compartment is located on the right side of the luggage com-partment.

Removing

– Take hold of the f lexible storage compartment at both upper corners.

– Press the upper corners to the inside and release the storage compartment bypulling upwards.

– Remove by pulling towards you.

Install

– Insert both ends of the f lexible storage compartment into the openings of theright side t rim panel of the luggage compartment and push it downwards unt ilit locks.

CAUTIONThe storage compartment is designed for storing small objects with a maximumtotal weight of 8 kg. �

84 Seats and Stowage

Page 87: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Removable through-loading bag

The removable through-loading bag is solely used for t ransport ingskis.

Fig. 87 Securing t he removablethrough-loading bag

Loading

– Open a rear side door of the vehicle.

– Fold the backrest of the middle seat forwards ⇒  page 66.

– Place the empty removable through-loading bag in the gap between the frontand rear seats in such a way that the end of the bag with the zip lies in theluggage compartment .

– Open the boot lid/ luggage compartment door.

– Push the skis into the removable through-loading bag from the luggage com-partment ⇒   .

– Close the removable through-loading bag with the zip.

Securing

– Pull the securing belt with both lock tongues out of the pocket of the remova-ble through-loading bag.

– Insert the lock tongues A ⇒  f ig. 87 in the belt locks of the rear middle seatbelt C , f irst of all on the one side and then on the other side.

– Place the securing belt in the middle of the skis between the heel and the t ipof the bindings and pull the securing belt t ight at the free end of the belt B .

WARNING● After placing the skis int o t he removable through-loading bag, you mustsecure it wit h t he securing belt A .

● The securing belt must hold t he skis t ight .

● Ensure that t he securing belt for skis grasps t he middle between t he t ipand the heel element of t he binding (see also imprint on t he removablethrough-loading bag).

Note● The removable through-loading bag is foreseen for two pairs of skis. The totalweight of the skis which are t ransported must not exceed 10 kg.

● You must put the skis and the st icks in the removable through-loading bagwith the t ips facing the rear.

● If there are several pairs of skis in the removable through-loading bag, ensurethat the bindings are posit ioned at the same height .

● The removable through-loading bag must never be folded together or stowedwhen moist . �

Clothes hooks

The clothes hooks are located on the middle pillar and on the handle of the head-liner above each of the rear doors.

WARNING● Ensure that any clothes hanging f rom the hooks do not impair your visionto the rear.

● Use the hooks for hanging only light it ems of clothing and ensure t hatthere are no heavy or sharp-edged object s in t he pocket s.

● The maximum permissible load of t he hooks is 2 kg.

● Do not use clothes hangers for hanging up it ems of clothing otherwise t hiswill interfere wit h t he protect ion of fered by t he head airbag. �

85Seats and Stowage

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 88: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Int roduct ion

Descript ion and informat ion

The heat ing effect is dependent upon the coolant temperature, thus full heat out-put only occurs when the engine has reached its operat ing temperature.

If the cooling system is switched on, the temperature and air humidity drops inthe vehicle. The well-being of the occupants of the car is enhanced as a result ofthis part icularly at high outside temperatures and a high air humidity. The systemprevents the windows mist ing up during the cold season of the year.

It is possible to briefly activate recirculated air mode in order to enhance the cool-ing effect - air-condit ioning system ⇒  page 89, Climat ronic ⇒  page 92.

The air inlet in front of the windscreen must be free of ice, snow or leaves in orderto ensure that the heat ing and cooling systems operate properly.

After switching on the cooling Condensat ion from the evaporator of the air condi-t ioning may drip down and form a puddle below the vehicle. This is quite normaland not an indicat ion of a leak!

WARNING● For your own safet y and t hat of other road users, ensure t hat all t he win-dows are f ree of ice, snow and mist ing. Please familiarize yourself about howto correct ly operate t he heat ing and vent ilat ion systems, how to demist anddefrost t he windows, as well as w it h t he cooling mode.

● You should not leave recirculated air mode on over a longer period of t ime,as “st ale” air may result in fat igue in t he driver and occupants, divert your at -tent ion and also cause the w indows to mist up. The risk of having an accidentincreases. Switch recirculated air mode of f as soon as t he w indows beginmist ing up.

Note● The used air st reams out through the air removal openings in the luggagecompartment .

● We recommend that you do not smoke in the vehicle when the recirculat ing airmode is operat ing since the smoke which is drawn at the evaporator from the in-terior of the vehicle forms deposits in the evaporator of the air condit ioning sys-

tem. This produces a permanent odour when the air condit ioning system is oper-at ing which can only be eliminated through considerable effort and expense (re-placement of compressor).

● Please refer to the informat ion regarding the recirculated air mode for heat ing⇒  page 89 and/or for air-condit ioning system ⇒  page 89 or Climatronic⇒  page 92.

● To ensure that the heat ing and air condit ioning systems work properly, do notblock up the air out let vents with any objects. �

Using the air condit ioning system economically

The compressor on the air condit ioning system uses power from the engine whenin cooling mode which will effect the fuel consumpt ion.

It recommended to open the windows or the doors of a vehicle for which the inte-rior has been strongly heated through the effect of direct sunlight in order to al-low the heated air to escape.

The cooling system should not be switched on while t ravelling when the windowis open.

The desired interior temperature can also be achieved without switching in thecooling system just by switching to fresh air mode.

For the sake of the environmentWhen you economize on fuel, you also reduce pollutant emissions. �

Operat ional problems

If the cooling system does not operate at outside temperatures higher than +5 °C,there is a problem in the system. The reasons for this may be:● The fuse on the air condit ioning system has blown. Check the fuse, replace it ifnecessary ⇒  page 220.● The cooling system has switched off automat ically for a short t ime becausethe coolant temperature of the engine is too hot ⇒  page 11.

If you are not able to rect ify the operat ional problem yourself, or if the cooling ca-pacity decreases, switch the cooling system off. Contact a specialist garage. �

86 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 89: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Air out let vents

Fig. 88 Air vents at the front

Fig. 89 Air vents at the rear

Open the air out let vent s 3 and 4

– Turn the horizontal wheel (to the right ) ⇒  f ig. 88.

Open the air out let vent s 6

– Turn the vert ical wheel (between the end posit ions) ⇒  f ig. 89.

Close air out let vent s 3 and 4

– Turn the horizontal wheel into the end posit ion (to the left ).

Close air out let vents 6

– Turn the vert ical wheel into the end posit ion.

Change air f low of air out let vent s 3 and 4

– In order to change the st rength of the air f low, swivel the horizontal lamellaswith the aid of the moveable adjuster.

– In order to change the lateral direct ion of the air f low, turn the vert ical lamel-las with the aid of the moveable adjuster.

Change air f low of air out let vent s 6

– In order to change the st rength of the air f low, swivel the horizontal lamellaswith the aid of the vert ical wheel upwards or downwards.

– In order to change the lateral direct ion of the air f low, turn the vert ical lamel-las with the aid of the horizontal wheel to the left or to the right .

The air out let vents 3, 4 ⇒  f ig. 88 and 6 ⇒  f ig. 89 can be closed and opened indi-vidually.

The air out let vents 6 are only f it ted on vehicles with higher centre console.

Warmed, unwarmed or cooled air will f low out of the air out let vents according tothe set t ing of the regulator of the heat ing or the air condit ioning system and theatmospheric condit ions. �

87Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 90: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Heat ing

Using the system

The heat ing system delivers air into the interior of the vehicle andwarms it as required.

Fig. 90 Heat ing: Cont rol elements

Set t ing t emperature

– Turn the cont rol dial A ⇒  f ig. 90 to the right in order to increase the tempera-ture.

– Turn the cont rol dial A to the left in order to increase the temperature.

Cont rolling blower

– Turn the blower switch B into one of the posit ions, 1 to 4, in order to switchthe blower on.

– Turn the blower switch B into posit ion 0 in order to switch the blower off.

– If you wish to shut off the fresh air supply, use the but ton 1 - recirculated airmode ⇒   in Recirculated air mode on page 89.

Cont rol for air dist ribut ion

– You can adjust the direct ion of the inlet air f low ⇒  page 87 using air dist ribu-t ion regulator C .

Rear w indow heater

– Press but ton 2 . Further informat ion ⇒  page 53, Windscreen and rear windowheater.

Auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing)

– Press the but ton 3 in order to direct ly switch on/off the auxiliary heat ing(auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion). Further informat ion ⇒  page 95, Auxiliaryheat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion).

All controls apart from the cont rol dial B can be set to any desired intermediateposit ion.

The blower should always be on to prevent the windows from mist ing up.

NoteIf the air dist ribut ion is posit ioned towards the windows, the total amount of air isused to defrost the windows and thus no air will be fed to the footwell. This canlead to rest rict ion of the heat ing comfort . �

Set heat ing

Recommended basic set t ings of heat ing cont rols for: £

88 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 91: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Set -upSet t ing of the cont rol dial

But t on 1 Air out let vent s 4A B C

Defrost ing the windscreen and sidewindows

To the right up to thestop

3 � Do not switch onOpen and align with the side win-

dow

Free windscreen and side windowsfrom mist

Desired temperature 2 or 3 � � � Do not switch onOpen and align with the side win-

dow

The fastest heat ingTo the right up to the

stop3 � Briefly switched on Opening

Comfortable heat ing Desired temperature 2 or 3 � � � Do not switch on Opening

Fresh air mode - vent ilat ionTo the left up to the

stopDesired posit ion � Do not switch on Opening

Not e● Controls A , B , C and the but ton 1 ⇒  f ig. 90.

● Air out let vents 4 ⇒  f ig. 88.

● We recommend that you leave the air out let vents 3 ⇒  f ig. 88 in the openedposit ion. �

Recirculated air mode

In recirculated air mode air is sucked out of the interior of the vehi-cle and then fed back into the interior.

Recirculated air mode prevents polluted air outside the vehicle from gett ing intothe vehicle, for example when driving through a tunnel or when standing in a t raf-fic jam.

Switching recirculated air mode on

– Press the but ton � - the warning light lights up in the but ton ⇒  f ig. 90.

Switching recirculated air mode of f

– Press again the but ton � - the warning light in the but ton goes out .

The recirculated air mode is switched off automat ically if the air dist ribut ion con-trol C is in posit ion � ⇒  fig. 90. You can also switch recirculated air mode onagain from this set t ing by repeatedly pressing pushbut ton � .

WARNINGYou should not leave recirculated air mode on over a longer period of t ime, as“stale” air may result in fat igue in t he driver and occupants, divert your at t en-t ion and also cause the w indows to mist up. The risk of having an accident in-creases. Swit ch recirculated air mode of f as soon as t he w indows begin mist -ing up. �

Air condit ioning system (manual air condit ioningsystem)

Descript ion

The air condit ioning system is a combined cooling and heat ing sys-tem. It makes it possible to optimally control the air temperature atany season of the year.

Descript ion of t he air condit ioning system

It is important for your safety and for your driving comfort that the air condit ioningsystem is operat ing properly. £

89Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 92: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The cooling only operates if but ton AC ⇒  f ig. 91 1 is pressed, and the followingcondit ions are met :

● engine running,● outside temperature above approx. +2 °C and● blower switch switched on (posit ions 1 to 4).

Air at a temperature of about 5 °C may flow out of the vents under certain circum-stances when the cooling system is operat ing. Lengthy and uneven distribut ion ofthe air f low out of the vents and large differences in temperature, for examplewhen get t ing out of the vehicle, can result in chills in sensit ive persons.

Note● We recommend that you have the air condit ioning system cleaned by a spe-cialist garage once every year. �

Using the system

Fig. 91 The air condit ioning system: Cont rol element s

Set t ing t emperature

– Turn the cont rol dial A ⇒  f ig. 91 to the right in order to increase the tempera-ture.

– Turn the cont rol dial A to the left in order to increase the temperature.

Cont rolling blower

– Turn the blower switch B into one of the posit ions, 1 to 4, in order to switchthe blower on.

– Turn the blower switch B into posit ion 0 in order to switch the blower off.

– If you wish to shut off the fresh air supply, use the but ton � 4 - recirculatedair mode ⇒  page 91.

Cont rol for air dist ribut ion

– You can adjust the direct ion of the inlet air f low ⇒  page 87 using air dist ribu-t ion regulator C .

switching cooling on and of f

– Press the but ton AC 1 ⇒  f ig. 91. The warning light lights up in the but ton.

– When you again press the switch AC , the cooling system is switched off. Thewarning light in the but ton goes out .

Rear w indow heater

– Press but ton � 2 . Further informat ion ⇒  page 53, Windscreen and rear win-dow heater.

Auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing)

– Press the but ton � 3 in order to direct ly switch on/off the auxiliary heat ing(auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion. Further informat ion ⇒  page 95, Auxiliaryheat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion).

Note● The whole heat output will be needed to defrost the windshield and side win-dows. No warm air will be fed to the footwell. This can lead to restrict ion of theheat ing comfort .

● The warning light AC lights after act ivat ion, even if not all of the condit ions forthe funct ion of the cooling system have been met . As a result , the readiness forcooling is signalled when all condit ions are sat isf ied ⇒  page 89, Descript ion of theair condit ioning system. �

90 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 93: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Set t ing air condit ioning system

Recommended basic set t ings of the cont rol elements of the air condit ioning sys-tem for the respect ive operat ing modes:

Set -upSet t ing of the cont rol dial But t on

Air out let vent s 4A B C 1 4

Defrost windscreen and sidewindows - free from mista)

Desired tempera-ture

3 or 4 �Is act ivated auto-

mat icallyb) Do not switch onOpen and align with the side

window

The fastest heat ingTo the right up to

the stop3 � Switched off Briefly switched on Opening

Comfortable heat ingDesired tempera-

ture2 or 3 � � � Switched off Do not switch on Opening

The fastest coolingTo the left up to

the stopbriefly 4, then

2 or 3 � Act ivated Briefly switched on Opening

Opt imal coolingDesired tempera-

ture1, 2 or 3 � Act ivated Do not switch on Open and align to the roof

Fresh air mode - vent ilat ionTo the left up to

the stopDesired posit ion � Switched off Do not switch on Opening

a) In count ries with high humidity, we recommend you do not use this set t ing. This can result in heavy cooling of the window glass and the following fogging from outside.b) The warning light in the 1 but ton lights after act ivat ion, even if not all of the condit ions for the funct ion of the cooling system have been met . As a result , the readiness for cooling is signalled when all condit ions

are sat isfied ⇒  page 89, Descript ion of the air condit ioning system.

Not e● Controls A , B , C and the 1 but ton and 4 ⇒  f ig. 91.

● Air out let vents 4 ⇒  f ig. 88.

● We recommend that you leave the air out let vents 3 ⇒  f ig. 88 in the openedposit ion. �

Recirculated air mode

In recirculated air mode air is sucked out of the interior of the vehi-cle and then fed back into the interior.

Recirculated air mode prevents polluted air outside the vehicle from gett ing intothe vehicle, for example when driving through a tunnel or when standing in a t raf-fic jam.

Swit ching recirculated air mode on

– Press the but ton � 4 ⇒  f ig. 91 the warning light lights up in the but ton.

Swit ching recirculated air mode off

– Press again the but ton � - the warning light in the but ton goes out .

The recirculated air mode is switched off automat ically if the air dist ribut ion con-t rol C is in posit ion � ⇒  f ig. 91. You can also switch recirculated air mode onagain from this set t ing by repeatedly pressing pushbut ton � . £

91Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 94: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNINGYou should not leave recirculated air mode on over a longer period of t ime, as“stale” air may result in fat igue in t he driver and occupants, divert your at t en-t ion and also cause the windows to mist up. The risk of having an accident in-creases. Swit ch recirculated air mode of f as soon as t he w indows begin mist -ing up. �

Climat ronic (automat ic air condit ioning)

Descript ion

The Climatronic system is an automatic heat ing, fresh air and cool-ing system which provides opt imal comfort for the occupants of thecar.

The Climatronic maintains fully automat ically a convenience temperature. This isachieved by automat ically varying the temperature of the out -f lowing air, theblower stages and the air dist ribut ion. The system also takes into account sun-light which eliminates the need to alter the set t ings manually. The automat icmode ⇒  page 93 ensures maximum well-being of the occupants at all t imes ofthe year.

Descript ion of Climat ronic system

The cooling operates only if the following condit ions are met:

● engine running,● outside temperature above approx. +2 °C,● AC switched on.

The AC compressor is switched off at a high coolant temperature in order to en-sure cooling of the engine at high loads.

Recommended set t ing for all periods of t he year:

● Set the desired temperature, we recommend 22 °C.● Press the but ton AUTO ⇒  f ig. 92.● Move the air out let vents 3 and 4 ⇒  f ig. 88 so that the air flow is directedslight ly upwards.

Note● We recommend that you have Climat ronic cleaned by a specialist garage onceevery year.

● On vehicles equipped with a factory-f it ted radio or radio navigat ion system,the informat ion of the Climat ronic is also shown on the display. This funct ion canbe switched off, see operat ing inst ruct ions of the radio or the radio navigat ionsystem. �

Overview of t he cont rol elements

The controls enable a separate sett ing of the temperature for theleft and right side.

Fig. 92 Climat ronic: Cont rol elements

The but t ons

Defrost windscreen intensively �

Air f low to the windows �

Air f low to head �

Air f low in the footwell �

Recirculated air mode � with air quality sensorRear window heater � £

1

2

3

4

5

6

92 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 95: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

But tons/ cont rol dial

Set t ing of the temperature for the left side, operat ion of the seat heat ing ofthe left front seatAutomat ic mode AUTO

Switching off Climat ronic OFF

Set t ing the blower speed �

Depending upon vehicle equipment : But ton for direct switching on/off of aux-iliary heat ing � ⇒  page 95, or switching on/off of windscreen heater �⇒  page 53Switching on/off of the temperature set t ing in dual mode DUAL

Switching cooling on and off AC

Set t ing of the temperature for the right side, operat ion of the seat heat ing ofthe right front seat

Not eBelow the top row of but tons is located the interior temperature sensor. Do notglue or cover over the sensor, otherwise it could have an unfavourable effect onthe Climat ronic. �

Automat ic mode

The automat ic mode is used in order to maintain a constant tem-perature and to demist the windows in the interior of the car.

Switching automat ic mode on

– Set a temperature between +18 ℃ and +26 ℃.

– Move the air out let vents 3 and 4 ⇒  fig. 88, so that the air f low is directedslight ly upwards.

– Press the but ton AUTO . In the right or left top corner a warning light lights up,depending on which unit was last selected.

If the warning light in the top right corner of the but ton AUTO lights up, the Clima-tronic operates in “HIGH” mode. The “HIGH” mode is the standard set t ing of theClimat ronic.

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

When pressing again the but ton AUTO , the Climat ronic changes into the “LOW”mode and the warning light in the top left corner lights up. The Climatronic usesonly in this mode the lower blower speed. However taking into account the noiselevel, this is more comfortable, yet be aware that the effect iveness of the air con-dit ioning system is reduced part icularly if the vehicle is fully occupied.

By pressing again the but ton AUTO , you change into the “HIGH” mode.

The automat ic mode is switched off by pressing the but ton for the air dist ribut ionor increasing or decreasing the blower speed. The temperature is neverthelessregulated. �

swit ching cooling on and off

swit ching cooling on and of f

– Press the but ton AC ⇒  f ig. 92. The warning light lights up in the but ton.

– When you again press the switch AC , the cooling system is switched off. Thewarning light in the but ton goes out . Only the funct ion of the vent ilat ion re-mains act ive when no lower temperature than the outside temperature can bereached. �

Set t ing temperature

You can separate the interior temperature for the left and right side separately.

– You can set the temperature for both sides after switching on the ignit ionwith the control dial 7 ⇒  fig. 92.

– If you wish to set the temperature for the right side, turn the cont rol dial 14 .The warning light in the but ton DUAL lights up, this indicates that differingtemperatures for the left and right side can be set .

If the warning light in the but ton DUAL lights up, the temperature for both sidescannot be set with the cont rol dial 7 . You can reinit iate this funct ion by pressingthe but ton DUAL . The warning light in the but ton which indicates the possibility toset differing temperatures for the left and right side, goes out.

You can set the interior temperature between +18 °C and +26 ℃. The interior tem-perature is regulated automat ically within this range. If you chose a temperaturelower than +18 °C, a blue symbol lights up at the start of the numerical scale. If youchose a temperature higher than +26 °C, a red symbol lights up at the end of the £

93Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 96: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

numerical scale. In both limit posit ions the Climatronic operates at maximum cool-ing or heat ing capacity, respect ively. The temperature is not cont rolled in thiscase.

Lengthy and uneven dist ribut ion of the air f low out of the vents (in part icular atthe leg area) and large differences in temperature, for example when get t ing outof the vehicle, can result in chills in sensit ive persons. �

Recirculated air mode

In recirculated air mode air is sucked out of the interior of the vehi-cle and then fed back into the interior. When the automatic air dis-t ribut ion control is switched on, an air quality sensor measures theconcentrat ion of pollutants in the drawn in air.

Recirculated air mode prevents polluted air outside the vehicle from get t ing intothe vehicle, for example when driving through a tunnel or when standing in a t raf-f ic jam. If a considerable increase in concentrat ion of pollutants is recognized bythe air quality sensor, when the automat ic air dist ribut ion cont rol is switched on,the air dist ribut ion cont rol will temporarily be switched off. If the concent rat ion ofpollutants decreases to the normal level, the air dist ribut ion cont rol is automat i-cally switched off so that fresh air can be guided into the vehicle interior.

Switching recirculated air mode on

– Press the but ton repeatedly � unt il the warning light on the left side of thebut ton lights up.

Switch on automat ic air dist ribut ion cont rol

– Press the but ton repeatedly � unt il the warning light on the right side of thebut ton lights up.

Switch off automat ic air dist ribut ion cont rol t emporarily

– If the air quality sensor does not switch on the air dist ribut ion cont rol auto-mat ically when there is a nauseat ing smell, you can switch it on yourself bypressing the but ton � . The warning light lights up in the but ton on the leftside.

Switching recirculated air mode of f

– Press the but ton AUTO or press the but ton � repet it ively, unt il the warninglights in the but ton go out .

WARNINGYou should not leave recirculated air mode on over a longer period of t ime, as“stale” air may result in fat igue in the driver and occupants, divert your at t en-t ion and also cause t he windows t o mist up. The risk of having an accident in-creases. Swit ch recirculated air mode of f as soon as t he windows begin mist -ing up.

Note● If the windscreen mists up, press the button � 1 ⇒  f ig. 92. After the wind-screen has been demisted, press the but ton AUTO .

● The automat ic air dist ribut ion cont rol operates only if the outside temperatureis higher than approx. 2 °C. �

Cont rolling blower

There are a total of seven blower stages available.

The Climat ronic system cont rols the blower stages automat ically in line with theinterior temperature. You can also, however, adapt the blower stages manually tosuit your part icular needs.

– Press again the but ton � on the left side (reduce blower speed) or on theright side (increase blower speed).

If you switch off the blower, the Climatronic is switched off.

The set blower speed is displayed above the but ton � when the respect ive num-ber of warning lights come on.

WARNING● “Stale air” may result in fat igue in t he driver and occupants, reduce at ten-t ion levels and also cause the w indows to mist up. The risk of having an acci-dent increases.

● Do not sw it ch t he Climat ronic system off for longer t han necessary.

● Swit ch t he Climat ronic system on as soon as t he w indows mist up. �

94 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 97: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Defrost ing windscreen

Defrost ing windscreen - switching on

– Press the but ton � ⇒  f ig. 92.

– Press the but ton � ⇒  f ig. 92.

Defrost ing windscreen - switching of f

– Once again press the but ton � or the but ton AUTO .

– Once again press the but ton � .

The temperature control is controlled automat ically. More air f lows out of the airout let vents 1 and 2. �

Auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion)

Descript ion and important informat ion

The auxiliary heating (auxiliary heating and vent ilat ion) heats orsupplies the interior of the vehicle with fresh air independent of theengine.

Auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing)

The auxiliary heater (parking heater) funct ions in connect ion with the air-condi-t ioning system or Climatronic.

It can be used when stat ionary, when engine is switched off for preheat ing of thevehicle as well as while driving (e.g. during the heat ing phase of the engine).

The engine is also preheated when the vehicle is stat ionary and the engine isswitched off, if the auxiliary heat ing is switched on.

The auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing) warms up the coolant during the combus-t ion of fuel from the vehicle tank. The coolant warms up the air, which (if theblower speed is not set to zero) f lows into the occupant compartment .

Auxiliary vent ilat ion

The auxiliary vent ilat ion enables fresh air to f low into the vehicle interior byswitching off the engine, whereby the interior temperature is effect ively de-creased (e.g. with the vehicle parked in the sun).

WARNING● The auxiliary heat ing must never be operated in closed rooms - risk of poi-soning!

● The auxiliary heat ing must not be running during refuelling - risk of f ire.

● The exhaust pipe of the auxiliary heat ing is located on t he underside ofthe vehicle. Therefore do not place t he vehicle, if you w ish to operate t he aux-iliary heat ing, in such a way t hat t he exhaust gases of t he auxiliary heat ingcan come easily into contact with inf lammable materials (e.g. dry grass) oreasily inf lammable substances (e.g. fuel run out ).

NoteIf the auxiliary heat ing runs, the fuel consumpt ion comes from the vehicle tank.The auxiliary heat ing automat ically cont rols the filling level in the fuel tank. If onlya low quant ity of fuel is present in the fuel tank, the funct ion of the auxiliary heat -ing is blocked.

● The exhaust pipe of the auxiliary heat ing, which is located on the underside ofthe vehicle, must not be clogged and the exhaust f low must not be blocked.

● If the auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion is running, the vehicle bat tery discharg-es. If the auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion has been operated several t imes over alonger period, the vehicle must be driven a few kilomet res in order to recharge thevehicle bat tery.

● The auxiliary heat ing only switches the blower on, if it has achieved a coolanttemperature of approx. 50 °C.

● At low outside temperatures, this can result in a format ion of water vapour inthe area of the engine compartment . This is quite normal and is not an operat ingproblem.

● After switching off the auxiliary heat ing, the coolant pump runs for a short pe-riod.

● The auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion does not switch on or comes on, if thevehicle bat tery indicates a low loading state.

● The auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing) does not switch on, if the followingwas shown in the informat ion display or before switching off the ignit ion: Pleaserefuel! £

95Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 98: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● The air inlet in front of the windscreen must be free of ice, snow or leaves inorder to ensure that the auxiliary heat ing operates properly.

● So that warm air can flow into the vehicle interior after switching on the auxili-ary heat ing, you must maintain the comfort temperature normally selected by you,leave the fan switched on and leave the air out let vents in an open posit ion. It isrecommended to put the air flow in the posit ion � or � . �

Direct swit ching on/off

Fig. 93 But t on for direct sw itching on/of f of the auxiliary heat ing (auxiliaryheat ing and vent ilat ion) on the operat -ing part of t he air condit ioning system

The auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion) can be switched on or offdirect ly with the � but ton on the air condit ioning system, Climat ronic- or heat ing⇒  fig. 93.

If the auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion is not switched off earlier, it switches offautomat ically after the expirat ion of the set operat ing period, in the menu Run-ning t ime. �

Using the system

So that the auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing and ventilat ion)funct ions according to your expectat ions, it is necessary to carryout the basic set t ing before its programming.

Basic set t ing

– On the informat ion display, select in the Main menu the menu point Aux. heat -ing.

– In the menu Aux. heat ing select the menu point Day of t he wk. and set to-day's date.

– By select ing the menu point Back, you will reach one level higher in the menuAux. Heat ing.

– In the menu Aux. heat ing select the menu point Running t ime and set the de-sired operat ing t ime in steps of 5 minutes. The running t ime can be 10 to 60minutes.

– By select ing the menu point Back, you will reach in the menu Aux. heat ing.

– In the menu Aux. heat ing select the menu point Mode.

– In the menu Mode select the desired mode Heat ing or Vent ilat ion. �

Programming

For the programming of the auxiliary heat ing (auxiliary heat ing and vent ilat ion) inthe menu Aux. heat ing there are three pre-set t imes:● Start ing t ime 1● Start ing t ime 2● Start ing t ime 3

In each pre-set t ime, the day and the t ime (hour and minute) can be set forswitching on the auxiliary heat ing and/or vent ilat ion.

An empty posit ion can be found between Sunday and Monday when select ing theday. If this empty posit ion is selected, the act ivat ion is performed without takinginto account the day.

If you leave the pre-set menu by select ing the menu Back or do not make changeson the display for longer than 10 seconds, the set values are stored, but the pre-set t ime is not act ive.

Both other pre-set t imes can be programmed and stored in the same way.

Only one programmed pre-set t ime can be act ive.

The last programmed pre-set t ime remains act ive.

After the auxiliary heat ing act ivates at the set t ime, it is necessary to pre-set at ime again.

Changing the act ive pre-set t ime is carried out after select ing the menu point Ac-t ivate in the menu Aux. heat ing by select ing a pre-set t ime.

The prerequisite for the correct switching on of the auxiliary heat ing (auxiliaryheat ing and vent ilat ion) according to the programmed pre-set t ime is the correctset t ing of the current t ime and the weekday ⇒  page 96. £

96 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 99: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

If the system is running, a warning light in the but ton for direct switching on/offof the auxiliary heat ing � lights up.

The running system deact ivates after expirat ion of the operat ing period or is de-act ivated earlier by pressing the but ton for direct switching on/off of the auxiliaryheat ing � ⇒  page 96.

A random pre-set t ime can be deact ivated by select ing the menu point Deact ivatein the menu Act ivate.

After select ing the menu Factory set t ing in the menu Aux. heat ing, it is possibleto return to the factory set t ing. �

Radio remote cont rol

The auxiliary heating (auxiliary heating and vent ilat ion) can beswitched on or off with the remote control.

Fig. 94 Auxiliary heat ing: Radio remot e cont rol/ bot tom of the radio remote cont rol w ith thebat t ery cover

– For switching on, press the but ton ON .

– For switching off, press the but ton OFF .

The t ransmit ter and the bat tery are housed in the housing of the remote cont rol.The receiver is located in the interior of the car.

If the bat tery is properly charged, the effect ive range is up to 600 m. For switchingon or off the auxiliary heat ing, hold the remote cont rol vert ically with the antennaA ⇒  f ig. 94 towards the top. You must not cover over the antenna with the f in-

gers or the palm of the hand. Obstacles between the radio remote cont rol and thevehicle, bad weather condit ions and a weaker bat tery can clearly reduce therange.

The auxiliary heat ing can only be switched on or off with the radio remote cont rol,if the distance between the radio remote control and the vehicle is at least 2 m.

Warning light in t he radio remote cont rol

The warning light in the radio remote cont rol ⇒  f ig. 94 indicates after a keystrokeif the remote control signal was received by the auxiliary heat ing and if the bat -tery is adequately charged.

Display warning light Importance

Lights up green for 2 seconds. The auxiliary heat ing was switched on.

Lights up red for 2 seconds. The auxiliary heat ing was switched off.

Slowly f lashes green for 2 seconds. The ignit ion signal was not received.

Quickly f lashes green for 2 seconds.The auxiliary heat ing is blocked, e. gbecause the tank is nearly empty orthere is a fault in the auxiliary heat ing.

Flashes red for 2 seconds. The switch off signal was not received.

Lights up orange for 2 seconds, thengreen or red.

The bat tery is weak, however theswitching on or off signal was received.

Lights up orange for 2 seconds, thenflashes green or red.

The bat tery is weak, however theswitching on or off signal was not re-ceived.

Flashes orange for 5 seconds. The bat tery is discharged, however theswitching on or off signal was not re-ceived.

CAUTIONThere are electronic components in the radio remote cont rol, protect the remotecont rol against water, severe shocks and direct sun rays. �

Changing the bat tery of t he radio remote cont rol

If the warning light of the radio remote control indicates a weak or dischargedbattery, ⇒  f ig. 94, it must be replaced. The bat tery is located under a cover on theback of the radio remote cont rol.

– Insert a f lat , blunt object , such as a coin, into the gap of the bat tery cover, turnit against the direct ion of the arrow up to the mark, and unlock the cover⇒  f ig. 94 - right .

– Change the bat tery, replace the bat tery cover and lock it by moving it in thedirect ion of the arrow. £

97Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 100: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

For t he sake of the environmentDispose of a used bat tery in accordance with environmental regulat ions.

Note● Pay at tent ion to the correct polarit y when changing the bat tery.

● The replacement bat tery must have the same specif icat ion as the original bat -tery. �

98 Heat ing and air condit ioning system

Page 101: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Start ing-off and Driving

Set t ing steering wheel posit ion

Fig. 95 Adjustable steering wheel: Lever next t o t he st eering column/safe distance to thesteering wheel

You can set the height and the forward/back posit ion of the steering wheel to thedesired posit ion.

– Adjust the driver seat ⇒  page 61.

– Pull the lever below the steering wheel down ⇒  f ig. 95 - left ⇒   .

– Set the steering wheel to the desired posit ion (concerning height and forward/back posit ion).

– Push the lever upwards as far as the stop.

WARNING● You must not adjust t he steering wheel when t he vehicle is moving!

● The driver must maintain a dist ance of at least 25 cm to the steering wheel⇒  f ig. 95 - right . Not maintaining t his minimum distance w ill mean t hat t he air-bag system will not be able to properly protect you - hazard!

● For safet y reasons the lever must always be f irmly pushed up t o avoid t hesteering wheel altering it s posit ion unintent ionally when driving - risk of acci-dent !

WARNING (Cont inued)

● If you adjust the steering wheel furt her t owards t he head, you w ill reducethe protect ion offered by t he driver airbag in t he event of an accident . Checkthat t he steering wheel is aligned t o t he chest .

● When driving, hold the steering wheel wit h both hands f irmly on t he outeredge in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posit ion. Never hold t he steering wheelf irmly in t he 12 o'clock posit ion or in another way (e.g. in t he middle of thesteering wheel or at t he inner st eering wheel edge). In such cases, injuries t othe arms, t he hands and the head can occur when t he driver airbag is de-ployed. �

Ignit ion lock

Fig. 96 Ignit ion lock posit ions

Pet rol engines

1 - ignit ion switched off, engine off, the steering can be locked.

2 - ignit ion switched on

3 - start engine

Diesel engines1 - interrupt ion of fuel supply, ignit ion switched off, engine off, the steering can

be locked.

2 - heat ing glow plugs on, ignit ion switched on

● You should not switch on any major elect rical components during the heat ingperiod otherwise the vehicle bat tery will be drained unnecessarily. £

99Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 102: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

3 - start engine

Applies t o all models:

Posit ion 1

To lock the steering, with the ignit ion key withdrawn, turn the steering wheel un-t il the steering locking pin is heard to engage. You should always lock the steeringas a general rule if you leave your vehicle. This acts as a deterrent against possibletheft of your vehicle ⇒   .

Posit ion 2

Move the steering wheel back and forward a lit t le if the ignit ion key cannot , orcannot easily be turned into this posit ion, in order to release the steering lock.

Posit ion 3

The engine is started in this posit ion. At the same t ime, major electrical compo-nents are switched off for short periods. The ignit ion key moves back into posit ion2 when one releases the key.

The ignit ion key must be turned back into posit ion 1 each t ime before start ingthe engine again. The starter repeat lock in the ignit ion lock prevents the starterbeing engaged when the engine is running and thus get t ing damaged.

Ignit ion key w it hdrawal lock (automat ic gearbox)

You can only withdraw the ignit ion key after switching off the ignit ion if the selec-tor lever is in posit ion P.

WARNING● When driving, t he ignit ion key must always be in t he posit ion 2 (ignit ionsw it ched on) wit hout t he engine running. This posit ion is indicated by t hewarning light s coming on. If t his is not the case, it could result in unexpectedlocking of t he steering wheel - risk of accident !

● Only remove t he ignit ion key f rom the ignit ion lock when t he vehicle hascome to a standst ill (by applying t he handbrake or moving t he selector leverinto t he posit ion P). The steering lock can engage immediately - risk of acci-dent !

● Always w it hdraw the ignit ion key if you are going to leave t he vehicle,even for a short t ime. This is part icularly important if children are lef t in thevehicle. The children might otherw ise start t he engine or sw it ch on elect ricalequipment (e.g. power windows) - risk of accident or injury! �

Start ing the engine

General

You can only start the engine only using an original ignit ion key.

Manual gearbox

– Place the gearshift lever into neutral and put on the handbrake f irmly beforestart ing the engine.

– Engage the clutch pedal and keep it depressed unt il the engine starts.

If you start the engine without depressing the clutch pedal, the engine does notstart and the following message appears in the Informat ion display Depressclut ch! (Depress clut ch!) or CLUTCH in the display of the inst rument cluster.

– Let go of the key as soon as the engine starts otherwise there may be damageto the starter.

Automat ic gearbox

– Place the gearshift lever into P or N before start ing the engine, and apply thehandbrake f irmly.

– Let go of the key as soon as the engine starts otherwise there may be damageto the starter.

The engine running noises may louder at f irst be louder for a short t ime afterstart ing the cold engine unt il oil pressure can be built up in the hydraulic valveclearance compensat ion. This is quite normal and is not an operat ing problem.

If t he engine does not st art ...

You can use the bat tery of another vehicle as a jump-start aid ⇒  page 216.

WARNING● Never run t he engine in non vent ilated or enclosed areas. The exhaustgases of t he engine contain besides t he odorless and colourless carbon mon-oxide a poisonous gas - hazard! Carbon monoxide can cause unconsciousnessand death.

● Never leave your vehicle unat t ended with t he engine running. £

100 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 103: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTION● The starter may only be operated (ignit ion key posit ion 3 ), if the engine is notrunning. If the starter is immediately operated after switching off the engine, thestarter or the engine can be damaged.

● Avoid high engine revolut ions, full throt t le and high engine loads as long asthe engine has not yet reached its normal operat ing temperature - risk of damag-ing the engine!

● Do not tow start the engine - danger of damaging the engine. On vehicles witha catalyt ic converter, unburnt fuel may get into the catalyt ic converter where itmay ignite. This in turn may damage or destroy the catalyt ic converter. You canuse the bat tery of another vehicle as a jump-start aid ⇒  page 216, Jump-start ing.

For the sake of the environmentNever warm up the engine when the vehicle is standing. Drive off right away.Through this the engine reaches it s operat ing temperature more rapidly and thepollutant emissions are lower. �

Pet rol engines

These engines are f it ted with a starter system which selects the correct fuel-airmixture for every external air temperature.● Do not operate accelerator before and when start ing engine.● Interrupt the at tempt at start ing after 10 seconds if the engine does not startright awayand wait for about 30 seconds before repeat ing the at tempt .● It is possible that the fuse on the elect rical fuel pump is defect if the enginest ill does not start . Check the fuse and replace it if necessary ⇒  page 220.● Contact the nearest specialist garage to obtain professional assistance.

It may be necessary, if the engine is very hot , to slight ly depress the acceleratorafter the engine has started. �

Diesel engines

Glow plug system

Diesel engines are equipped with a glow plug system, the preglow period beingcontrolled automat ically in line with the coolant temperature and outside temper-ature.

The preglow indicator light � comes on after the ignit ion has been switched on.

You should not sw it ch on any major elect rical components during the heat ingperiod otherwise t he vehicle bat t ery will be drained unnecessarily.

● You should start the engine immediately after the glow plug warning light �has gone out .● The glow plug warning light will come on for about one second if the engine isat a normal operat ing temperature or if the outside temperature is above +5 °C.This means that you can start the engine right away.● Interrupt the at tempt at start ing after 10 seconds if the engine does not startright away and wait for about 30 seconds before repeat ing the at tempt .● It is possible that the fuse on the diesel preglow system is defect if the enginest ill does not start . Check the fuse and replace it if necessary ⇒  page 220.● Contact the nearest specialist garage to obtain professional assistance.

Start ing t he engine af t er the fuel t ank has run dry

It may take longer than normal to start the engine after refuelling if the fuel tankhas run completely dry - up to one minute. This is because the fuel system mustfirst of all be f illed while the at tempt ing to start the engine. �

Swit ching off t he engine

– The engine can be switched off by turning the ignit ion key into posit ion 1⇒  f ig. 96.

WARNING● Never swit ch off t he engine before t he vehicle is st at ionary - risk of acci-dent !

● The brake booster only operates when t he engine is running. Greaterphysical ef fort for braking is required when engine is sw it ched of f . Because ifyou do not st op as normal, t his can cause an accident and severe injuries.

CAUTIONyou should not switch the engine off right away at the end of your journey afterthe engine has been operated for a lengthy period at high loads but should be al-lowed it to run at idling speed for about 2 minutes. This prevents any accumula-t ion of heat when the engine is switched off. £

101Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 104: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Note● The radiator fan may cont inue running for a further 10 minutes or so after theengine and the ignit ion have been switched off. The coolant fan may, however, al-so switch on again after some t ime if the coolant temperature rises because of anaccumulat ion of heat in the engine or if the engine is warm and the engine com-partment is addit ionally heated by st rong sunlight .

● This is why part icular care is required when carrying out any work in the en-gine compartment ⇒  page 190, Working in the engine compartment . �

Shift ing (manual gearbox)

Fig. 97 The shif t pat tern: 5-speed or 6-speed manual gearbox

Shift into reverse only when the car is stat ionary. Depress the clutch pedal andhold it fully depressed. Wait a moment before engaging reverse gear in order toavoid any shift noises.

The reversing lights will come on once reverse gear is engaged, provided the igni-t ion is on.

WARNINGNever engage t he reverse gear when driving - risk of accident !

Note● One should not lay the hand on the shift lever while driving the vehicle. Thepressure of the hand will be t ransferred to the gearshift forks in the gearbox. Thiscan, over a period of t ime, lead to early wear of the gearshift forks.

● Depress the clutch pedal fully when changing gears, in order to avoid unneces-sary wear and damage. �

Pedals

Operat ion of the pedals must not be hindered!

WARNING● In t he driver's footwell, only a footmat , which is at tached t o t he two corre-sponding at tachment point s, may be used.

● No objects are allowed in t he driver's footwell – risk of obst ruct ion or limi-tat ion in operat ing t he pedal!

Note● Greater brake pedal distances may be needed when there is a fault in thebrake system.

● Use only footmats from the range of ŠKODA Original Accessories, which are at-tached at two at tachment points. �

Handbrake

Fig. 98 Cent re console: Handbrake

Applying the handbrake

– Pull the handbrake lever up fully.

Releasing t he handbrake

– Pull the handbrake lever up slight ly and at t he same t ime press in the lockingbut ton ⇒  f ig. 98.

– Hold the but ton pressed and push the handbrake lever down fully ⇒   . £

102 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 105: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The handbrake warning light � lights up when the handbrake is applied, providedthe ignit ion is on.

A warning signal sounds and the following text appears in the Informat ion displayif you have inadvertent ly driven off with the handbrake applied:

Release parking brake!

The handbrake warning is act ivated if you drive at a speed of more than 6 km/hfor more than 3 seconds.

WARNING● Please note t hat t he handbrake must be fully released. A handbrake whichis only part ially released can result in t he rear brakes overheat ing which w illhave a negat ive ef fect on t he operat ion of the brake system - risk of accident !In addit ion t his can result in premature wear of the rear brake pads.

● Never leave children unat t ended in t he vehicle. The children might , for ex-ample, release the handbrake or t ake t he vehicle out of gear. The vehiclemight t hen move of f - risk of accident !

CAUTIONAfter the car has come to a stop, always f irst of all apply the handbrake f irmly be-fore then addit ionally engaging a gear (manual gearbox) or moving the selectorlever into posit ion P (automat ic gearbox). �

Rear parking aid

The parking aid provides a warning of obstacles behind the vehicle.

Fig. 99 Parking aid: Detect ion range ofrear sensors

The audible parking aid determines the distance from the rear bumper to an ob-stacle behind the car with the aid of ult rasound sensors. The tones of the parkingaid can be adapted in the menu of the Informat ion display ⇒  page 20. The sensorsare integrated in the rear bumper.

Range of sensors

The clearance warning begins at a distance of about 160 cm from the obstacle(area A ⇒  fig. 99). The interval between the warning signals becomes shorter asthe clearance is reduced.

A cont inuous tone sounds from a distance of approx. 30 cm (area B ) - dangerarea. You should not reverse any furt her af t er t his signal sounds! If the vehicle isequipped with a factory-f it ted towing device, the indicat ion threshold of the dan-ger area starts - cont inuous tone - 5 cm further behind the vehicle. The vehiclecan be extended through an installed detachable towing device.

On factory-f it ted radio navigat ion systems and car stereos, the distance to the ob-struct ion can also be shown graphically in the display. On vehicles with a factory-f it ted towing device, the rear sensors are deact ivated when towing a t railer. Thedriver is informed about this by a graphic display (vehicle towing a t railer) in theradio or the radio navigat ion display. The factory-fit ted radio or navigat ion systemcan be set so that the play funct ion volume decreases when act ivat ing the park-ing aid, see Owner's Manual radio or radio navigat ion system. As a result , the sig-nal tones from the parking aid can be bet ter recognised.

Act ivat ing

The parking aid is act ivated automat ically when reverse gear is engaged and theignit ion is turned on. This is confirmed by a brief audible signal.

Deact ivat ing

The parking aid is deact ivated by removing the reverse gear. £

103Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 106: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The parking aid is not a subst it ut e for t he driver paying proper at t ent ionand it is always the driver's responsibilit y t o t ake care when parking t he vehi-cle or carrying out similar manoeuvres.

● You should t herefore sat isfy yourself , before reversing, that there is nosmall obstacle, such as a rock, t hin post , t railer drawbar et c., behind your vehi-cle. Such an obstacle might not be wit hin t he range detected by the sensors.

● Under cert ain circumstances, surfaces of cert ain object s and types ofclothing cannot ref lect the signal of t he parking aid. Thus, t hese object s orpeople who wear such clothing are not recognised by the sensors of the park-ing aid.

Note● The parking aid does not operate if you are towing a t railer (applies to modelswhich feature a factory-f it ted towing device).

● If a warning signal sounds for about 3 seconds after switching the ignit ion onand engaging reverse gear, and there is no obstacle close to your car, this indi-cates a system fault . Have the fault rect ified by a specialist workshop.

● The sensors must be kept clean and free of ice to enable the parking aid tooperate properly. �

Front and rear parking aid

The parking aid provides a warning of obstacles in front and behindthe vehicle.

Fig. 100 Act ivat ing t he parking aid/det ect ion range of the f ront sensors

The audible parking aid determines the distance between the front or rear bump-er and an obstacle with the aid of ult rasound sensors. The sensors are integratedin the front and rear bumper. The signal tones for the front parking aid soundhigher as standard than for the rear parking aid. The tones of the parking aid canbe adapted in the menu of the Informat ion display ⇒  page 20.

Range of sensors

The distance warning begins at a distance of about 120 cm from the obstacle infront of the vehicle (area A ⇒  f ig. 100) and about 160 cm from the obstacle behindthe vehicle (area A ⇒  fig. 99). The interval between the warning signals becomesshorter as the clearance is reduced.

A cont inuous tone sounds from a distance of approx. 30 cm (area B ) - dangerarea. From this moment on do not cont inue driving! If the vehicle is equippedwith a factory-f it ted towing device, the indicat ion threshold of the danger areastarts - cont inuous tone - 5 cm further behind the vehicle. The vehicle can be ex-tended through an installed detachable towing device.

On factory-f it ted radio navigat ion systems and car stereos, the distance to the ob-struct ion can also be shown graphically in the display. On vehicles with a factory-f it ted towing device, the rear sensors are deact ivated when towing a t railer. Thedriver is informed about this by a graphic display (vehicle towing a t railer) in theradio or the radio navigat ion display. The factory-f it ted radio or navigat ion systemcan be set so that the play funct ion volume decreases when act ivat ing the park-ing aid, see Owner's Manual radio or radio navigat ion system. As a result , the sig-nal tones from the parking aid can be bet ter recognised.

Act ivat ing

The parking aid is act ivated when the reverse gear is engaged and the ignit ion isswitched on or by pressing the but ton ⇒  f ig. 100 - left , the symbol � lights up inthe but ton. The act ivat ion is confirmed by a brief acknowledgement signal.

Deact ivat ing

The parking aid is deactivated after pressing the but ton � ⇒  f ig. 100 - left , or at aspeed of more than 10 km/h - the symbol � in the but ton is no longer illuminated. £

104 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 107: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The parking aid is not a subst it ut e for t he driver paying proper at tent ionand it is always t he driver's responsibilit y t o t ake care when reversing the ve-hicle or carrying out similar manoeuvres.

● You should t herefore sat isfy yourself , before reversing, t hat t here is nosmall obstacle, such as a rock, t hin post , t railer drawbar etc., in front or behindyour vehicle. Such an obstacle might not be within the range detected by t hesensors.

● Under cert ain circumstances, surfaces of cert ain objects and types ofclothing cannot ref lect t he signal of t he parking aid. Thus, these objects orpeople who wear such clothing are not recognised by t he sensors of t he park-ing aid.

Not e● Only the front parking aid operates if you are towing a t railer (applies only tomodels which feature a factory-f it ted towing device).

● If a warning signal sounds for about 3 seconds after act ivat ing the system andthere is no obstacle close to your car, this indicates a system fault . The fault isconfirmed addit ionally when the symbol � f lashes in the but ton ⇒  f ig. 100 - left .Have the fault rect if ied by a specialist workshop.

● The sensors must be kept clean and free of ice to enable the parking aid tooperate properly.

● If the parking aid is act ivated and the selector lever of the automat ic gearboxis in the posit ion P , warning signal indicates interrupt ion (vehicle can no longermove). �

Park Assist

Descript ion and important informat ion

The park assist assists you when parking in a suitable parallel parking space be-tween two vehicles or behind a vehicle.

The park assist automat ically searches for suitable parking spaces after switchingon the ignit ion and when driving up to 30 km/h.

During the parking procedure the park assist only takes over the steering move-ments, the pedals cont inue to be operated by the driver.

Funct ion of t he system is based on:

● Length and depth measurement of the parking spaces when driving● Evaluat ion of the size of the parking space● Definit ion of the correct posit ion of the vehicle for parking● Calculat ing the line on which the vehicle drives backwards into the parkingspace● Actuat ion of the steering force assistance, automat ic spinning of the wheelsof the front axle when parking.

WARNINGThe park assist does not take away t he responsibilit y f rom the driver whenparking.

● Pay part icular at t ent ion t o small children and animals as they would not berecognised by the sensors of t he parking aid.

● Under cert ain circumstances, surfaces of cert ain object s and t ypes ofclothing cannot ref lect t he signal of t he park assist or t he parking aid. Thus,these objects or people who wear such clothing are not recognised by t hesensors of t he parking aid.

● The external sound source of t he park assist and the parking aid can bedisrupt ively inf luenced and under unfavourable condit ions, object s or peoplecannot be recognised by the sensors of t he parking aid.

CAUTION● If other vehicles are parked behind or on the kerb, the park assist guides yourvehicle beyond the kerb or onto it . Make sure that the wheels or the wheel rims ofyour vehicle are not damaged and if necessary intervene in t ime.

● You should sat isfy yourself before parking that there is no small obstacle, suchas a rock, thin post , t railer drawbar etc., in front or behind your vehicle. Such anobstacle might not be within the range detected by the sensors.

● Under certain circumstances, surfaces or st ructures of certain objects such aswire mesh fences, powder snow etc..., cannot be recognised by the system.

● The evaluat ion of the parking space and the parking procedure depends onthe circumference of the wheels. Under certain circumstances, the system maynot funct ion correctly if your vehicle is mounted with wheels of non-permissiblesize, snow chains or a temporary spare wheel (in order to reach the nearest work-shop). If the tyres other than those excepted by the manufacturer are mounted,the result ing posit ion of the vehicle in the parking space can differ slight ly. Theparking assistant system automat ically performs the correct ion of the wheel cir-cumference when driving. £

105Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 108: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● The accuracy of the evaluat ion for the parking space can be influenced by theincorrect ly determined outside temperature if the later is influenced by the ther-mal radiat ion of the engine i.e for stop and go in a t raff ic jam.

● In order to avoid damaging the sensors while cleaning with high-pressurecleaners or steam jets, the sensors must only be direct ly sprayed for short periodswhile a minimum distance of 10 cm must be observed.

Note● A component of the park assist is the front and rear parking aid.

● The elect ronic stabilit y programme (ESP) must always be switched on for theparking procedure.

● Only the front parking aid operates if you are towing a t railer (applies only tomodels which feature a factory-f it ted towing device). This is why it is not possibleto park backwards with the help of the park assist when towing a t railer.

● The sensors must be kept clean and free of ice to enable the parking aid tooperate properly. �

Swit ch on display of t he park assist in t he informat ion display

Fig. 101 Switching on the park assist / informat ion display: Finding a suit able parking space

Switch on display of t he park assist in t he informat ion display

– Press the but ton ⇒  f ig. 101.

– Drive past the parking row up to maximum 30 km/h and with a distance of0.5 m to 1.5 m ⇒  f ig. 101.

Operate the turn signal for the driver's side if you wish to park on this side of theroad. In the informat ion display the search area for the parking space is indicatedon the driver's side.

If you press the but ton at a speed greater than 30 km/h and less than 50 km/h,the message indicat ing that the speed for detect ing the space is exceeded will bedisplayed in the informat ion display of the inst rument cluster. If the speed dropsbelow 30 km/h, the condit ion of the parking assistant is automat ically displayed inthe informat ion display of the instrument cluster. When exceeding the speed of50 km/h, it is required to act ivate the display again by pressing the but ton⇒  f ig. 101.

Note● If the park assist is switched on, a yellow warning light lights up in the but ton.

● The search for suitable parking spaces is automat ic after switching on the ig-nit ion at speeds of more than 30 km/h. Searching for a parking space is performedat the same t ime on the driver and front passenger side.

● If the sensors f ind a suitable parking space, they store it s parameters unt il an-other suitable parking space has been found or unt il a distance of 10 m had beendriven after f inding the parking space. This is why it is possible to switch on thepark assist after driving past the parking space and the informat ion on whetherthis parking space is suitable for parking appears in the informat ion display. �

106 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 109: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Parking with the help of t he park assist and concluding theparking procedure

Fig. 102 Informat ion display: the determined parking space w it h t he informat ion to drive onA and for engaging the reverse gear B

Fig. 103 Informat ion display: Informat ion for engaging the forward gear C or t he reversegear D

The t ime limit for the parking procedure with the help of the park assist lasts180 seconds.

– If the park assist has recognised a suitable parking space, it is shown in theinformat ion display ⇒  fig. 102 A .

– Drive on further unt il the display ⇒  f ig. 102 B appears.

– Bring the vehicle to a stop for at least 1 second.

– Engage the reverse gear or move the selector lever into the posit ion R.

– As soon as the following message is shown in the informat ion display: Steer-ing int erv. act ive. Monitor area around veh.! (Steering int ervent ion act ive. ,let go of the steering wheel, the steering will be taken over by the system.

– Observe the surroundings and reverse carefully at a maximum speed of 7 km/hwith the help of the pedal.

– In the event that the parking procedure cannot be carried out in one go, pro-ceed to parking in further stages. If the forward arrow flashes in the informa-t ion display ⇒  f ig. 103 C , engage the forward gear.

– Observe the surroundings and drive forward carefully at a maximum speed of7 km/h with the help of the pedal.

– If the backward arrow in the informat ion display ⇒  f ig. 103 D f lashes, onceagain engage the reverse gear or move the selector lever into the posit ion Rand reverse carefully. You can repeat these steps several t imes.

– End the parking procedure from a distance on the basis of the informat ion ofthe system.

As soon as the parking procedure is completed, an audible signal sounds and inthe informat ion display the following message appears: Steering interv. f inished.Please t ake over steering! .

Swit ch off park assist

The park assist switches off during one of the following occurrences:

● a speed of 30 km/h is exceeded,● a speed of 7 km/h is exceeded during the parking procedure,● a t ime limit of 180 seconds is exceeded for the parking procedure,● the but ton for the park assist is pressed,● parking aid is act ivated,● switch off TCS system,● intervent ion of the driver in the automat ic steering procedure (stop the steer-ing wheel),● Disengage reverse gear or take selector lever out of the posit ion R when re-versing into the parking space.

Further warning and informat ion text s of t he park assist in the informat iondisplay:

Park Assist f inished.

The parking procedure has ended or after switching on the ignit ion, the vehiclehas not been driven above 10 km/h.

Park Assist : Speed t oo high!

Reduce the speed below 30 km/h. £

107Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 110: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Driver st eering int ervent ion: Please t ake over st eering!

The parking procedure is ended through driver intervent ion.

Park Assist f inished. ASR deact ivated.

The parking procedure cannot be carried out because the TCS system is switchedoff.

ASR deact ivated. Please t ake over st eering!

The parking procedure was ended because the TCS system was switched off dur-ing the parking procedure.

Trailer: Park Assist f inished.

The parking procedure is not possible because the t railer is hitched and a plug isinserted in the socket of the towing device.

Time limit exceeded. Please t ake over st eering!

The parking procedure was ended because a t ime limit of 180 seconds for parkingwas exceeded.

Park Assist current ly not available.

The Park Assist cannot be switched on because a fault exists on the vehicle. Havethe fault rect if ied by a specialist workshop.

Park Assist ended. System current ly not available.

The parking procedure was ended because a fault exists on the vehicle. Have thefault rect if ied by a specialist workshop.

Park Assist fault y. Workshop!

The parking procedure is not possible because a fault exists on the park assist .Have the fault rect if ied by a specialist workshop.

Steering int erv. act ive. Monit or area around veh.!

The Park Assist is act ive and takes over the steering movements. Observe thesurroundings and carefully drive backwards, at the same t ime operate the pedal.

Please t ake over st eering! Finish parking manually!

Take over the steering. End the parking procedure without using the park assist .

Speed too high! Please t ake over st eering!

The parking procedure was ended because the speed was exceeded.

Park Assist : ASR intervent ion.

Intervent ion of the TCS while searching for a suitable parking place.

ASR intervent ion! Please t ake over steering!

Parking procedure is ended through the intervent ion of the TCS.

Park Assist : Stat ionary t ime not suf f icient .

The stat ionary t ime of the vehicle was less than 1 second.

Park Assist : Speed too low.

After the ignit ion is switched on, the vehicle must exceed the speed of 10 km/h atleast once. �

Cruise cont rol system (CCS)

Int roduct ion

The cruise cont rol system (CCS) maintains a constant speed, more than 30 km/h(20 mph), once it has been set , without you having to depress the acceleratorpedal. This is only possible within the range which is permit ted by the power out -put and braking power of the engine. The cruise cont rol system makes it possible- part icularly on long journeys - for you to rest your “accelerator foot”.

WARNING● For safety reasons, t he cruise cont rol system must not be used in denset raf f ic or on unfavourable road surfaces (such as icy roads, slippery roads,loose gravel) - risk of accident !

● In order to prevent unintent ional use of t he cruise cont rol system, alwaysswitch of f the system af ter use. £

108 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 111: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Not e● Models f it ted with a manual gearbox: Always depress the clutch pedal if youswitch on the cruise cont rol system when the gearbox is in Neutral! Otherwise theengine can rev up unintent ionally.

● The cruise cont rol system is not able to maintain a constant speed when driv-ing on steep downhill sect ions. The weight of the vehicle increases the speed atwhich it t ravels. One should shift down in good t ime to a lower gear or slow thevehicle down by applying the foot brake.

● It is not possible on vehicles fit ted with an automat ic gearbox to switch on thecruise cont rol system if the selector lever is in the posit ion P, N or R. �

Storing a speed

Fig. 104 Operat ing lever: Rocker but tonand switch of the cruise cont rol system

The cruise cont rol system is operated by means of the switch A ⇒  f ig. 104 andthe rocker but ton B in the left lever of the mult i-funct ional switch.

– Press the switch A ⇒  f ig. 104 into the posit ion ON.

– After the desired speed has been reached, press the rocker but ton B into theSET posit ion.

After you have released the rocker but ton B out of the posit ion SET, the speedyou have just stored is maintained at a constant speed without having to depressthe accelerator.

You can increase the speed by depressing the accelerator. Releasing the accelera-tor will cause the speed to drop again to the set speed.

This does not apply, however, if you drive at a speed which is more than 10 km/hhigher than the saved speed for a period of more than 5 minutes. The storedspeed will be cancelled in the memory. You then have to re-store the desiredspeed.

One can reduce the speed in the usual manner. The system is switched off tempo-rarily by actuat ing the brake or clutch pedal ⇒  page 110.

WARNINGFirst ensure t hat it is not t oo high for t he t raff ic condit ions which exist at t hatmoment before resuming t he stored speed. �

Changing a stored speed

You can also change the speed of the vehicle without depressingthe accelerator.

Faster

– You can increase the stored speed without depressing the accelerator, bypressing the rocker but ton B ⇒  f ig. 104 in the RES posit ion.

– The speed of the car will increase cont inuously if you hold the rocker but tonpressed in the RES posit ion. Once the car has reached the desired speed, re-lease the rocker but ton. The set speed is then stored in the memory.

Slower

– You can decrease the stored speed by pressing the rocker but ton B in theSET- posit ion.

– Holding down the rocker but ton pressed in the SET posit ion will cause thespeed of the vehicle to reduce cont inuously. Once the car has reached the de-sired speed, release the rocker but ton. The set speed is then stored in thememory.

– If you release the rocker but ton when the car is t ravelling at a speed of lessthan 30 km/h, the speed is not stored, the memory is erased. It is then neces-sary to again store the speed with the rocker but ton B in the posit ion SETafter an increase in speed of the vehicle to more than 30 km/hour. �

109Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 112: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Swit ching off t he cruise cont rol system temporarily

– You can sw it ch of f the cruise cont rol system temporarily by depressing thebrake pedal or clutch pedal, on vehicles fit ted with an automat ic gearbox onlywith the brake pedal.

– You can switch off temporarily the cruise cont rol system, if you press theswitch A in the middle posit ion.

The set speed remains stored in the memory.

The Resumpt ion of the stored speed is achieved by releasing the brake or clutchpedal, on vehicles f it ted with automat ic gearbox only after releasing the brakepedal and after short ly pressing the rocker but ton B ⇒  f ig. 104 into the posit ionRES.

WARNINGFirst ensure t hat it is not t oo high for t he t raff ic condit ions which exist at t hatmoment before resuming t he stored speed. �

Swit ching off t he cruise cont rol system completely

– Press the switch A ⇒  f ig. 104 to the right into posit ion OFF. �

“ (START-STOP)”

Fig. 105 Dash panel: START-STOP Sys-tem but t on

The “START-STOP” system helps you to save fuel while at the same t ime reducingharmful exhaust emissions and CO2 emissions.

The funct ion is automat ically act ivated each t ime the ignit ion is switched on.

In the start -stop mode, the engine automat ically switches to the vehicle's idlephase, e.g. when stopped at t raff ic lights.

Informat ion regarding the current state of the “START-STOP” system is indicatedin the display of the instrument cluster.

Automat ic engine shut down (stop phase)

– Stop the vehicle (where necessary, apply the handbrake).

– Take the vehicle out of gear.

– Take your foot off the clutch.

Automat ic engine restart (start phase).

– Push down on the clutch.

Swit ching t he “START-STOP” system on and off

You can switch the “START STOP” system on/off by pressing the but ton ⇒  f ig. 105.

When start -stop mode is deact ivated, the warning light in the but ton lights up.

If the vehicle is in the stop phase when manually switching off the system, the en-gine starts immediately.

The “START-STOP” system is very complex. Some of the procedures are hard tocheck without servicing. The general condit ions for the proper funct ioning of the“START-STOP” system are listed in the following overview.

Condit ions for the automat ic engine shut down (stop phase)

The gearshift lever is in Neutral.

The clutch pedal is not pressed!

The driver has fastened the seat belt .

The driver's door is closed.

The bonnet is closed.

The vehicle is at a standst ill.

The factory-f it ted towing device is not electrically connected to a t railer.

The engine is at operat ing temperature.

The charge state of the vehicle bat tery is suff icient .

The stat ionary vehicle is not on a steep slope or a steep downhill sect ion.

The engine speed is less than 1200 1/min.

The temperature of the vehicle bat tery is not too low or too high. £

110 Start ing-off and Driving

Page 113: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The pressure in the brake system is suff icient .

The difference between the outdoor- and the set temperature in the interior isnot too great .

The vehicle speed since the last t ime the engine was switched off was greaterthan 3 km/h.

No cleaning of the diesel part icle f ilter takes place ⇒  page 24

The front wheels are not turned excessively (the steering angle is less than 3/4of a steering wheel revolut ion).

Condit ions for an automat ic restart (st art phase)

The clutch is pressed.

The max./min. temperature is set .

The Defrost funct ion for the windscreen is switched on.

A high blower stage has been selected.

The “START STOP” but ton is pressed.

Condit ions for an automat ic restart wit hout driver intervent ion

The vehicle moves at a speed of more than 3 km/h.

The difference between the outdoor- and the set temperature in the interior istoo great .

The charge state of the vehicle bat tery is not suff icient .

The pressure in the brake system is not suff icient .

Messages in the inst rument cluster display (valid for vehicles withoutInformat ion display)

ERROR: START STOPError in the START-STOP system

START STOP NOT POSSIBLE Automat ic engine shut down is notpossible

START STOP ACTIVE Automat ic engine shut down (stopphase)

SWITCH OFF IGNITIONSwitch off the ignit ion

START MANUALLYStart the engine manually

WARNING● The brake servo unit and power steering only operate if the engine is run-ning.

● Never let t he vehicle roll with t he engine swit ched of f .

CAUTIONIf the “START-STOP” system is used at very high outside temperatures over a verylong period of t ime, the vehicle bat tery can be damaged.

Note● Changes to the outdoor temperature can have an effect on the internal tem-perature of the vehicle bat tery even after several hours. If the vehicle remainsoutdoors for a long t ime in minus temperatures or in direct sunlight , it can takeseveral hours unt il the internal temperature of the vehicle battery reaches a suita-ble temperature for proper operat ion of the “START STOP” system.

● In some instances it may be necessary to start the engine manually with theignit ion key (e.g. when the seat belt is not inserted or the driver's door is openedfor more than 30 seconds). Follow the messages in the instrument cluster display.

● If the Climat ronic is running in automat ic mode, under certain condit ions, theengine may not switch off automat ically. �

111Start ing-off and Driving

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 114: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Automat ic gearbox DSG

Automat ic gearbox DSG

Informat ion for driving with the automat ic gearbox DSG

The abbreviat ion DSG means Direct shift gearbox (Direct shift gear-box).

Two independent clutches are needed for the power t ransmission between theengine and the gearbox. These replace the torque converter of the convent ionalautomat ic gearbox. Their shift ing is matched in such a way that there are no jerkswhen shift ing the gear and the power t ransmission of the engine to the frontwheels is not interrupted. You can also, however, switch the gearbox over into theTipt ronic mode. This mode makes it possible for you to also shift gears manually⇒  page 115.

Start ing-of f and Driving

– Depress the brake pedal fully and keep it depressed.

– Press the Shift lock but ton (but ton in handle of the selector lever), move theselector lever into the desired posit ion, e.g. D ⇒  page 113, and then releasethe Shift lock but ton.

– Release the brake pedal and depress the accelerator ⇒   .

Stop

– The selector lever posit ion N does not have to be selected when stopping justfor a short t ime, such as at a cross roads. It is suff icient to hold the vehicle sta-t ionary using the foot brake. The engine can, however, be allowed just to idle.

Parking

– Depress the brake pedal and hold it depressed.

– Apply the handbrake firmly.

– Press and Shift lock but ton in the selector lever, move the selector lever to Pand then release the Shift lock but ton.

The engine can only be start ed when the selector lever is in posit ion P or N . If theselector lever is not in the P or N posit ions when locking the steering, switchingthe ignit ion on or off or when leaving the engine on, the following message will

appear in the Informat ion display Move selector lever t o posit ion P/N! or, in theinstrument cluster display: � P/N. At temperatures below -10 °C the engine canonly be started in the selector lever posit ion P.

It is suff icient to engage selector lever posit ion P when parking on a flat surface.When parking on a slope you should f irst apply the handbrake f irmly and thenmove the selector lever into posit ion P. This is to ensure that there is no excessivepressure act ing on the lock mechanism and that it is easier to subsequent ly movethe selector lever out of posit ion P. If the selector lever is not in the P posit inwhen the driver's door is open and the ignit ion is switched off, or if it is not in theP posit ion when the ignit ion is switched off and the driver's door is opened, thefollowing message will appear in the Informat ion display: Move selector lever t oposit ion P! or, in the instrument cluster display: � P. The message disappears af-ter a few seconds by switching on the ignit ion or by moving the selector lever intothe posit ion P.

If the selector lever posit ion N is selected by accident while driving it is f irst nec-essary to release pressure on the accelerator pedal and wait for idling speed ofthe engine to be reached before engaging a drive posit ion in the selector lever.

WARNING● Do not depress t he accelerator when changing t he posit ion of t he selectorlever if t he car is stat ionary and t he engine is running - risk of accident !

● Never move the selector lever int o posit ion R or P when driving - risk of anaccident !

● If you are stopping at a hill (downhill sect ion), never t ry t o hold t he car st a-t ionary w it h t he gear engaged by means of t he “accelerator” , t his means bylet t ing t he clut ch slip. This can lead t o overheat ing of the clutch. If there is arisk of overheat ing of the clut ch due t o overload, t he clut ch is opened auto-mat ically and t he vehicle rolls backward - risk of accident !

● If you must st op at a slope, depress and hold t he brake pedal, so that youcan prevent the vehicle from rolling back. £

112 Automat ic gearbox DSG

Page 115: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CAUTION● The double clutch on the automat ic gearbox DSG is equipped with an overloadprotect ion. If you make use of the uphill funct ion on a vehicle which is stat ionaryor driving slowly uphill, it will result in an increase of thermal st ress of the clutch-es.

● In the event that they overheat, the warning light � and a warning text ap-pears in the informat ion display ⇒  page 30. In such a case bring the vehicle to astop, switch off the engine and wait unt il the warning light and the warning goout - risk of gearbox damage! You can cont inue the t rip as soon as the warninglight and the warning go out . �

Selector lever posit ions

Fig. 106 Selector lever/ informat ion display: Selector lever posit ions

The current selector lever posit ion is indicated in the informat ion display of the in-st rument cluster ⇒  f ig. 106 - right . In the posit ions D and S the gear you have al-ready engaged will be addit ionally displayed on the display.

P - Parklock

The driven wheels are locked mechanically in this posit ion.

The Parklock must only be engaged when the vehicle is stat ionary ⇒   .

If you wish to move the selector lever into or out of this posit ion, you must pressthe Shift lock but ton in the handle of the selector lever and at the same t ime de-press the brake pedal.

If the bat tery is used, the selector lever cannot be moved out of the posit ion P.

R - Reverse gear

Reverse gear must only be engaged when the vehicle is stat ionary and the engineidling ⇒   .

The brake pedal must be depressed and at the same t ime the Shift lock must bepressed, if you wish to obtain the selector lever posit ions R, P or N.

When the ignit ion is switched on and the selector lever is in posit ion R, the re-verse lights will come on.

N - Neut ral

The t ransmission is in Neut ral in this posit ion.

The brake pedal must be depressed (if the lever is in it s posit ion for longer than 2seconds) in order to move the selector lever out of the posit ion N into the posit ionD or R, with the ignit ion switched on, on a vehicle t ravelling at less than 5 km/hour or on a stat ionary vehicle.

D - Posit ion for driving forward

When the selector lever is in this posit ion, the forward gears are shifted up anddown automat ically in line with engine load, vehicle speed and the dynamic shiftprogramme.

You must depress the brake pedal if you wish to move into posit ion D from Nwhen the vehicle is t ravelling at less than 5 km/hour or is stat ionary ⇒   .

Under certain circumstances (e.g. when driving in mountainous regions or whentowing a t railer) it may be beneficial to select the manual shift programme⇒  page 115 for a short t ime in order to adapt the gearbox rat ios manually to thedriving situat ions.

S - Posit ion for sport y style of driving

Shift ing up later into a higher gear makes it possible to fully exploit the power po-tent ial of the engine. The gearbox also then shifts down at higher engine speedsas in the posit ion D.

The Shift lock on the selector lever grip must be pressed when moving the selec-tor lever out of the posit ion D into the posit ion S. £

113Automat ic gearbox DSG

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 116: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● Never move t he selector lever int o posit ion R or P when driving - risk of anaccident !

● When the engine is running and the vehicle is st at ionary, it is necessary t ohold t he car w it h the brake pedal in all t he posit ions of t he selector lever (ex-cept P and N) since the power t ransmission is never completely int errupted,also not when t he engine is idling - t he vehicle creeps.

● You must on no account unintent ionally operate the t hrot t le (e.g. by handfrom the engine compartment ) if a drive posit ion is engaged when t he car isstat ionary. The vehicle would otherw ise immediately start off - also when t hehandbrake is f irmly applied - risk of an accident !

● You must move the selector lever int o posit ion P and f irmly apply t hehandbrake f irst before you or any other person opens t he bonnet and start sworking on t he engine when it is running - risk of accident ! It is also essent ialto observe all warnings ⇒  page 190, Working in t he engine compartment . �

Selector lever lock

Automat ic selector lever lock �

With the ignit ion on, the selector lever is locked when it is in the posit ions P andN. You must f irst of all depress the brake pedal in order to move the selector leverout of this posit ion. The warning light � ⇒  page 27 lights up in the inst rumentcluster as a reminder for the driver when the selector lever is in the posit ions Pand N.

A t ime delay element ensures that the selector lever is not blocked when rapidlyswitching over the posit ion N (e.g. from R to D). This does, for example, allow oneto seesaw out a stuck vehicle. The selector lever lock will click into place if the lev-er is in the N posit ion for more than 2 seconds without the brake pedal beingpressed.

The selector lever lock is only act ive if the vehicle is stat ionary or moving at speedof less than 5 km/hour. The lock is switched off automat ically into posit ion Nwhen the car is t ravelling at a higher speed.

Shif t lock but t on

The Shift lock but ton in the handle of selector lever prevents certain selector leverposit ions being engaged inadvertent ly. The selector lever lock is cancelled whenyou press the Shift lock but ton.

Keylock - Ignit ion key wit hdrawal lock

You can only withdraw the ignit ion key after switching off the ignit ion if the selec-tor lever is in posit ion P. If the ignit ion key is withdrawn, the selector lever isblocked in posit ion P. �

Kickdown funct ion

The kickdown function provides you with maximum accelerat ionpower.

Fully depressing the accelerator pedal allows the kickdown funct ion to be act iva-ted in the desired driving program. This funct ion has precedence over the drivingprogramme and serves for maximum accelerat ion of the vehicle when exploit ingthe maximum power potent ial of the engine without taking into account the cur-rent selector lever posit ion (D, S or Tipt ronic). The gearbox shifts down to one orseveral gears in line with the driving state and the vehicle accelerates. The gear-box does not shift up into the highest gear unt il the engine has reached its maxi-mum revolut ions for this gear range.

WARNINGPlease note t hat using the kickdown funct ion can result in t he driven wheelsspinning on a smooth or slippery road surface - risk of skidding! �

Dynamic shif t programme

The automat ic gearbox of your vehicle is cont rolled elect ronically. Shift ing up anddown through the gears is performed automat ically on the basis of pre-defineddriving programmes.

Adopt ing a moderate st yle of driving will cause the gearbox to select the mosteconomical driving programme. Shift ing up into a higher gear as soon as possibleand shift ing down as late as possible will have a favourable effect on your fuelconsumpt ion.

Adopt ing a sporty st yle of driving with rapid movements of the accelerator pedalcombined with sharp accelerat ion and frequent changes in speed, exploit ing thetop speed of the car or depressing the accelerator pedal (kickdown funct ion), willcause the gearbox to switch over to this style of driving and shift down earlierwith frequent changes in gears in comparison to the moderate style of driving. £

114 Automat ic gearbox DSG

Page 117: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Select ing the most appropriate driving programme for the part icular style of driv-ing is a cont inuous process. Irrespect ive of this it is, however, possible to switch orshift down into a dynamic shift programme by depressing the accelerator rapidly.The gearbox shifts down into a lower gear matching the speed of the car and thisallows you to accelerate rapidly (e.g. when overtaking) without having to depressthe accelerator pedal fully into the kickdown range. The original programme willbe react ivated to match your part icular style of driving once the gearbox has shif-ted up again.

When driving in hilly regions, the gears are selected to match uphill and downhillsect ions. This avoids the gearbox frequent ly shift ing up and down when negot iat -ing an uphill st retch. When driving downhill, it is possible to shift down into theTipt ronic posit ion, in order to exploit the engine brake torque. �

Tipt ronic

The Tiptronic allows the driver to also shift gears manually.

Fig. 107 Selector lever: manual shif t ing/ informat ion display: Manual shift ing of gears

The selector lever posit ion you have engaged is indicated in the informat ion dis-play of the inst rument cluster together with the engaged gear ⇒  f ig. 107 - right .

Switching over t o manual shif t ing

– Push the selector lever to the right out of posit ion D. After switching over, thecurrent engaged gear is indicated in the display.

Shif t ing up gears

– One-touch forward of the selector lever (in the Tiptronic posit ion) ⇒  f ig. 107 +- left .

Shif t ing down gears

– One-touch back of the selector lever (in the Tipt ronic posit ion) - .

It is possible to switch over to manual both when the car is stat ionary and alsowhen driving.

When you accelerate, the gearbox shifts up automat ically into the higher gear justbefore the maximum permissible engine speed is reached.

If you select a lower gear, the automat ic gearbox does not shift down unt il thereis no risk of the engine overrevving.

When you operate the kickdown feature, the gearbox shifts into a lower gear inline with the vehicle speed and engine speed. �

Emergency programme

An emergency programme exists in the event of a fault in the sys-tem.

The gearbox operates in a corresponding emergency programme if there are func-t ional faults in the gearbox elect ronics. This is indicated by all of the segments inthe display light ing up or going out .

A funct ional fault can have the following effect :

● The gearbox only shifts into certain gears.● The reverse gear R cannot be used.● The manual shift programme (Tipt ronic) is switched off in the emergencymode.

If t he gearbox has sw it ched over t o emergency mode, drive to t he nearest spe-cialist garage in order t o have the fault rect if ied. �

115Automat ic gearbox DSG

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 118: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Selector lever-emergency unlocking

Fig. 108 Selector lever-emergency un-locking

In case of interrupt ion of the power supply (e.g. flat vehicle bat tery, defect ivefuse) or defect of the selector lever lock, the selector lever can no longer be shif-ted from the posit ion P in the normal way and the vehicle can no longer be moved.The selector lever must be unlocked in case of emergency.

– Apply the handbrake firmly.

– Carefully pull up the front left and right cover.

– Pull up rear cover.

– Use the f inger to press the yellow plast ic part downwards ⇒  f ig. 108.

– Simultaneously press the shift lock but ton in the handle of the selector leverand shift the lever into the posit ion N (if the selector lever is shifted again intothe posit ion P, it is once again blocked). �

116 Automat ic gearbox DSG

Page 119: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Communicat ion

Mult ifunct ion steering wheel

Operate radio and radio navigat ion system on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel

Fig. 109 Mult ifunct ion steering wheel:cont rol but tons

The but tons for set t ing the basic funct ions of the factory-f it ted radio and radionavigat ion system are located on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel ⇒  f ig. 109.

You can of course operate the radio and radio navigat ion system at the appliance.You will find a descript ion in the relevant Owner's manual.

If the side lights are switched on, the but tons on the mult ifunct ion steering wheelare illuminated.

The but tons apply for the respect ive operat ing mode of the current radio or radionavigat ion system.

By pressing or turning the but tons, you can carry out the following funct ions. £

117Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 120: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

But ton Act ion Radio, t raf f ic informat ion CD/CD changer/MP3 Navigat ion

1 press briefly

Switch off/on tone/act ivat ion and deact ivat ion of the voice cont rol a)

1press but ton for along period of t ime

switch off/on without funct ion

1 � turn upwards Increase volume

1 � turn downwards Decrease volume

2 � press brieflyChanging to the next stored radio stat ion

Changing to the next stored t raff ic informat ionInterrupt ing the t raff ic report

Changing to the next t it le

2� press button for a

long t imeInterrupt ion of the traffic report Fast forward

3 � press brieflyChanging to the previously stored radio stat ion

Changing to the previously stored t raff ic informat ionInterrupt ing the t raff ic report

Changing to the previous t it le

3� press button for a

long t imeInterrupt ion of the traffic report Fast rewind

4 � press briefly Changing the audio source

5 � press briefly Call up the main menu

6 press briefly Interrupt ion of the traffic report without funct ion

6 � turn upwardsDisplay of the stored/accessible stat ions

scroll upwardsInterrupt ion of the traffic report

Changing to the previous t it le

without funct ion

6 � turn downwardsDisplay of the stored/accessible stat ions

scroll downwardsInterrupt ion of the traffic report

Changing to the next t it le

a) Valid for the radio navigat ion system Columbus.

Note● The loudspeakers in the vehicle are matched to a power output of the radioand radio navigat ion system of 4x 20 W.

● For the equipment sound system, the loudspeakers are matched to a poweroutput of the amplifier of 4x40°W + 6x20 W. �

Mobile phones and two-way radio systems

The installat ion of a mobile phone and two-way radio system in a vehicle shouldbe carried out by a specialist garage.

ŠKOSA permits the operat ion of mobile phones and two-way radio systems with aprofessionally installed external aerial and a maximum transmission power of upto 10 wat ts.

It is essent ial that you inform a specialist garage about the possibilites to assem-ble and operate mobile phones and two-way radio sets which have a power out-put of more than 10 W. The garage will inform you which technical possibilit ies ex-ist for ret rofit t ing mobile phones.

When using a mobile phone inside the vehicle, which is not inserted into thephone adapter, and thus has no connect ion to the external aerial, the electromag-net ic radiat ion can exceed the current limit value. If a suitable adapter is available £

118 Communicat ion

Page 121: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

for your mobile phone, use your mobile phone exclusively in the adapter so thatthe radiat ion in the vehicle drops to a minimum. This also improves the qualit y ofthe connect ion.

Operat ion of mobile phones or two-way radio systems may interfere with func-t ioning of the electronic systems of your vehicle. The reasons for this may be:

● no external aerial,● external aerial incorrect ly installed,● t ransmission power greater than 10 watts.

WARNING● If a mobile phone or a two-way radio system is operated in t he vehiclew it hout using an external aerial or an external aerial which has been incor-rect ly installed, t his can increase the st rength of t he elect romagnet ic f ield int he interior of t he vehicle.

● Please concent rate fully at all t imes on your driving!

● You must not install two-way radio systems, mobile phones or mounts onthe covers of t he airbags or w it hin t he immediate deployment range of air-bags. This might result in injuries t o t he occupants in the event of an accident .

● Never leave a mobile phone on a seat , on t he dash panel or in anotherarea, f rom which it can be t hrown during a sudden braking manoeuvre, an ac-cident or a collision. In t his case, t he occupants of t he vehicle might be injured.

Not eObserve the country-specif ic regulat ions for the use of mobile phones in vehicles. �

Universal t elephone preinstallat ion GSM II

Int roduct ion

The universal telephone preinstallat ion GSM II has a built -in “speakerphone”. Itprovides convenient operat ion by voice, via the mult ifunct ion steering wheel orradio-navigat ion system.

All communicat ion between a telephone and the hands-free system of your vehi-cle can only be established with the help of the Bluetooth® technology. Theadapter serves only for charging the telephone and for t ransmit t ing the signal tothe external aerial of the vehicle.

To ensure an opt imum signal t ransmission, always leave the telephone with theadapter in the telephone mount.

Furthermore the volume can be changed individually during the call at any t imewith the but ton for set t ing the radio or radio navigat ion system or with the but-tons on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel.

WARNINGPay at t ent ion primarily to t he t raf f ic situat ion! As the driver you are fully re-sponsible for road safet y. Use t he t elephone system only to such an extentthat you are in full cont rol of your vehicle at any t ime.

Note● Please refer to the following guidelines ⇒  page 118, Mobile phones and two-way radio systems.

● Should you have any quest ions, please contact an authorised ŠKODA ServicePartner. �

Phone Phonebook

A phone phonebook is part of the mobile phone preinstallat ion with voice cont rol.In the phone phonebook there are 2,500 free memory locat ions available. Eachcontact can contain up to 4 telephone numbers. This phone phonebook can beused in line with the mobile telephone.

On vehicles f it ted with the radio navigat ion system Columbus, a maximum of 1200telephone contacts are shown in the display of this appliance.

After the f irst connect ion of the telephone, the system begins to load the phonebook from the phone and the SIM card into the memory of the cont rol unit .

Each t ime the telephone has established a new connect ion with the hands-freesystem, an update of the relevant phone book is performed. The updat ing cantake a few minutes. During this t ime the phone book, which was stored after thelast update was completed, is available. Newly stored telephone numbers are onlyshown after the updat ing has ended.

If the number of contacts loaded exceeds 2 500, the phone book is not complete.

If a telephone event (e.g. incoming or outgoing call, dialogue of the voice cont rol)occurs during the updat ing procedure, the updat ing is interrupted. After the tele-phone event has ended, the updat ing starts anew. �

119Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 122: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Connect ion of t he mobile phone with the hands-free system

In order to connect a mobile phone with the hands-free system, it is necessary toconnect the telephone to the hands-free system. Detailed informat ion on this isprovided in the operat ing inst ruct ions of your mobile phone. The following stepsmust be carried out for the connect ion:

– Act ivate Bluetooth® in your telephone and the visibilit y of the mobile phone.

– Switch on the ignit ion.

– Select the menu Phone - Phone search in the informat ion display and wait un-t il the cont rol unit has ended the search.

– Select your mobile phone in the menu of the units found.

– Confirm the PIN (as standard 1234).

– If the hands-free system announces (as standard Skoda UHV) on the display ofthe mobile phone, enter the PIN (as standard 1234) within 30 seconds and waitunt il the connect ion is established.1)

– After ending the connect ion, confirm in the informat ion display that a newuser profile was created.

If no more free space is available for creat ing a new user profile, delete an exist inguser profile.

If you have not managed to connect your mobile phone with the hands-free sys-tem within 3 minutes after switching on the ignit ion, switch the ignit ion off andthen again on. The visibilit y of the hands-free system is established again for 3minutes. The visibility of the Bluetooth® device is automat ically switched off if thevehicle starts off or if the mobile phone connects to the device.

During the connect ing procedure, no other mobile phone may be connected withthe hands-free system.

Up to four mobile phones can be paired to the hands-free system, whereby onlyone mobile phone can communicate with the hands-free system.

Connect ion w it h an already paired mobile phone

After switching on the ignit ion, the connect ion is automat ically established for thealready paired mobile phone1). Check on the mobile unit if the automat ic connec-t ion was established.

Disconnect ing t he connect ion

● By withdrawing the ignit ion key.● By disconnect ing the device in the informat ion display.● By disconnect ing the mobile phone.

Solving connect ion problems

If the system announces No paired phone found, check the operat ing state of thetelephone:

● Is the telephone switched on?● Is the PIN code entered?● Is Bluetooth® act ive?● Is the visibility of the mobile phone act ive?● Was the telephone already paired with the hands-free system?

WARNINGIn the event of air t ransport , t he Bluetooth® funct ion of the hands-free sys-tem must be switched of f by a specialist garage!

Note● Not valid for all mobile phones which enable a communicat ion via Bluetooth®.You can ask at an authorised ŠKODA Service Partner if your telephone is compat i-ble with the universal telephone preinstallat ion GSM II.

● If a suitable adapter is available for your mobile phone, use your mobile phoneexclusively in the adapter so that the radiat ion in the vehicle drops to a minimum. £

1) Some mobile phones have a menu, in which the authorizat ion for establishing a Bluetooth® connec-t ion is performed via the input of a code. If the input for the authorizat ion is necessary, it must al-ways be performed when re-establishing the Bluetooth connect ion.

120 Communicat ion

Page 123: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● Insert ing the mobile phone into the adapter ensures an opt imal sending andreceiving power and offers at the same t ime the advantage of the bat tery charg-ing.

● The range of the Bluetooth® connect ion to the hands-free system is restrictedto the vehicle interior. The range is dependent on local factors, e.g. obstacles be-tween the devices and mutual interferences with other devices. If your mobilephone is e.g. in a jacket pocket, this can lead to diff icult ies when establishing theBluetooth® connect ion with the hands-free system or the data t ransfer. �

Insert ing the mobile phone and adapter

Fig. 110 Universal preparat ion for themobile phone

Only one telephone mount is factory-f it ted. An adapter for the telephone can bepurchased from the range of the ŠKODA Original Accessories.

Insert ing t he mobile phone and adapter

– First of all push the adapter A in the direct ion of arrow ⇒  fig. 110 up to thestop into the mount. Press the adapter slight ly downwards, unt il it locks se-curely into posit ion.

– Insert the mobile phone into the adapter A (as specif ied in manufacturer's in-st ruct ions).

Removing the mobile phone and adapter

– Press simultaneously the side locks of the mount ⇒  f ig. 110 and remove themobile phone and adapter .

CAUTIONTaking the mobile phone out of the adapter during the call can lead to interrup-t ion of the connect ion. When taking out the mobile phone, the connect ion to thefactory-f it ted antenna is interrupted; this reduces the qualit y of the t ransmit t ingand receiving signal. The charging of the mobile phone bat tery is also interrupted. �

Operat ing telephone calls with the aid of t he adapter.

Fig. 111 Illust rat ion image: Adapter w ith one but ton/ adapter w ith two but tons

Funct ion overview of the � (PTT - “push to talk”) but ton on the adapter ⇒  f ig. 111:

● Act ivat ing/deact ivat ing voice cont rol● Reject /end a call

On some adapters, aside from the � but ton, the SOS ⇒  f ig. 111 but ton also ap-pears- on the right . After pressing the but ton for 2 seconds, the number 112(Emergency call) is dialled.

Note● The adapters illust rated are only prime examples.

● On vehicles fit ted with the radio navigat ion system Columbus, the � and SOS

but tons do not operate. �

121Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 124: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Operat ion of the telephone on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel

Fig. 112 Mult ifunct ion steering wheel:Mobile phone operat ion

The driver can set the basic funct ions of the telephone by simply operat ing thebut tons located on the steering wheel so that he can concent rate on the t raff icsituat ion without being distracted as lit t le as possible by operat ing the telephone⇒  fig. 112.

This applies only if your vehicle has been equipped with the telephone preinstalla-t ion at the factory.

If the side lights are switched on, the but tons on the mult ifunct ion steering wheelare illuminated.

Overview of the different funct ions in cont rast to the mult ifunct ion steeringwheel without mobile phone operat ion ⇒  page 117.

But t on Act ion Operat ion

1 press briefly

Act ivat ion and deact ivat ion of the voice cont rol (But ton PTT - Push to talk)Cancellat ion of the played message

1 � turn upwards Increase volume

1 � turn downwards Decrease volume

2 � press briefly Accept call, end call, ent ry in the main menu of the telephone, list of the dialled telephone numbers, call the dialled contact

2� press but ton for a long

t imeReject call, private call

3 � press briefly Reach one level higher in the menu (according to the current posit ion in the menu)

3� press but ton for a long

t imeLeave the phone menu

4 press briefly Select ion of menu point

4press but ton for a long peri-

od of t imeTo the next init ial let ter in the telephone book

4 � turn upwards The last chosen menu select ion, name

4 � turn downwards The next menu select ion, name

4 � quickly turn upwards To the previous init ial let ter in the telephone book

4 � quickly turn downwards To the next init ial let ter in the telephone book £

122 Communicat ion

Page 125: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The but tons operate the funct ions for the operat ing mode of the current tele-phone. �

Operate the telephone via the informat ion display

In the menu Phone you can select the following menu points:■ Phone book■ Dial number1)

■ Call regist er■ Voice mailbox■ Bluetooth1)

■ Set t ings2)

■ Back

Phone book

In the menu point Phone book is the list of the loaded contacts from the tele-phone memory and the SIM card of the mobile phone.

Dial number

In the menu point Dial number, you can write any telephone number. Select in se-quence the desired digits with the aid of the handwheel and confirm it by pressingthe handwheel. You can choose the numbers 0 - 9, symbols �, � , # and the func-t ions Cancel, Call, Delete.

Call regist er

In the menu point Call regist er, you can select the following menu points:■ Missed calls■ Dialled numbers■ Received calls

Voice mailbox

In the menu Voice mailbox, it is possible to set the number of the voice mailbox1)

and then dial the number.

Bluetooth

In the menu Bluetooth you can select the following menu points:

■ User - the overview of the stored users■ New user - Search for new telephones which are in the recept ion range■ Visibilit y - Switching on the visibilit y of the telephone unit for other devices■ Media player

■ Act ive device■ Paired devices■ Search

■ Phone name - the possibility to change the name of the telephone unit (pre-set SKODA UHV)

Set t ings

In the menu Set t ings you can select the following menu points:■ Phone book

■ Update1)

■ List■ Surname■ First name

■ Ring t one

Back

Return in the basic menu of the telephone. �

1) On vehicles fit ted with the radio navigat ion system Amundsen+, this funct ion can be accessed viathe menu of the radio navigat ion system; see the operat ing inst ruct ions for the Amundsen+.

2) This funct ion is not available in vehicles f it ted with the radio navigat ion system Amundsen+.

123Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 126: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Voice cont rol

Dialogue

On vehicles which are factory-fit ted with the navigat ion system Co-lumbus, it is only possible to operate the voice control via this navi-gat ion system, see the operat ing instruct ions for Columbus.

The period, in which the telephone system is ready to receive voice commandsand carry out the voice commands, is called DIALOGUE. The system gives audiblefeedback and guides you if necessary through the relevant funct ions.

Opt imum understanding of t he voice commands depends on t he follow ingfactors:

● Speak at a normal volume, without intonat ion and excessive voice pauses.● Avoid insuff icient art iculat ion.● Close the doors, windows and sliding roof, in order to reduce or stop disturbingexterior noise.● It is recommended to speak louder at higher speeds, so that the tone of yourvoice is louder than the increased surrounding noise.● During the dialogue avoid addit ional noise in the vehicle, e.g. simultaneouslytalking occupants.● Do not speak, if the system makes an announcement .● The microphone for voice cont rol is inserted in the moulded headliner and di-rected to the driver and front passenger. Therefore the driver and the front pas-senger can operate the equipment .

If a voice command is not detected, the system answers with “Sorry?” and a newent ry can be performed. After the 2nd error the system repeats the aid. After the3rd error the answer “Procedure cancelled” is given and the dialogue is ended.

Switch on voice cont rol (dialogue)

● by briefly pressing the � but ton on the adapter1) ⇒  fig. 111;● by pressing the 1 but ton on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel for a longert ime ⇒  f ig. 112.

Swit ching of f voice cont rol (dialogue)

If the system is current ly playing a message, you will need to stop the messagecurrent ly being played:

● by briefly pressing the � but ton on the adapter 1);● by pressing the 1 but ton on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel for a longert ime.

If the system expects a voice command, you can end the dialogue yourself:

● Do some with the CANCEL voice command;● by pressing the � but ton on the adapter1);● by pressing the 1 but ton on the mult i-funct ion steering wheel for a longert ime.

Note● The dialogue of an incoming call is immediately interrupted.

● The voice cont rol is only possible in vehicles f it ted with a mult i-funct ion steer-ing wheel with telephone control or a phone holder and adapter. �

Voice commands

Basic voice commands for operat ing t he telephone cont rol unit

Voice command Act ion

HELPAfter this command the system repeats all possiblecommands.

CALL XYZWith this command you call up the contact from thephone book ⇒  page 125.

PHONE BOOKAfter this command, for example the phone book canbe repeated, a voice ent ry for the contact can be up-dated or deleted etc.

CALL HISTORY Lists of dialled numbers, missed calls, etc.

DIAL NUMBERAfter this command a phone number can be enteredwhich establishes a connect ion to the requested par-ty.

REDIALAfter this command the system selects the last se-lected telephone number. £

1) Not valid for vehicles which are fit ted with the radio navigat ion system Columbus.

124 Communicat ion

Page 127: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Voice command Act ion

MUSICa) Play music from the mobile phone or another paireddevice.

FURTHER OPTIONSAfter this command the system offers addit ional con-text -dependent commands.

SETTINGS Select ion for set t ing Bluetooth®, dialogue etc.

CANCEL The dialogue is ended.

a) On vehicles fit ted with the radio navigat ion system Amundsen+, this funct ion can be accessed viathe menu of the radio navigat ion system; see the operat ing inst ruct ions for the Amundsen+.

After giving the command DIAL NUMBER, the system requests the ent ry of a tele-phone number. The telephone number can be entered as an interconnected spo-ken row of digits (complete number), in the form of order of digits (separat ionthrough a brief voice pause) or through individually spoken digits. After each orderof digits (separat ion through brief voice pause) all of the digits detected up to noware repeated by the system.

The digits 0 - 9, symbols +, � , # are permit ted. The system detects no cont inuousdigit combinat ions such as twenty-three, but only individually spoken digits (two,three). �

Call name

– Switch on the voice operat ion ⇒  page 124, Voice cont rol.

– Give the command CALL XYZ after the signal tone.

Example for calling t he name from the phone book

Voice command Announcement

CALL XYZ “Say home, work, mobile”

e.g. WORK “XYZ work is dialed.”

CALL XYZ WORK “XYZ work is dialed.”

Store voice recording of a contact

If automat ic name recognit ion does not work reliably for some contacts, you willcan choose to save your own voice ent ry for the contact in the menu point Phonebook - Voice Tag - Record.

You can also store your own voice ent ry using voice cont rol in the menu FURTHEROPTIONS. �

Music playback via Bluetooth®

The universal telephone preinstallat ion GSM IIl makes it possible to play back mu-sic via Bluetooth® from the devices such as MP3 player, mobile phone or note-book.

In order to enable the music playback via Bluetooth®, it is necessary to connectthe terminal device with the hands-free system in the menu Phone - Bluetooth -Media player.

The operat ion of the music playback from the connected device can be performedvia the hands-free system with the voice control ⇒  page 124, Voice commands ordirect ly via the connected device.

Note● The device to be connected must support the Bluetooth® profile A2DP, seeOwner's manual of the device to be coupled.

● This funct ion is not available in vehicles f it ted with the car radio Blues. �

Mult imedia

Inputs AUX-IN and MDI

The input AUX-IN is located below the armrest of the front seats and is markedwith ���.

The input MDI is located in the front centre console.

The inputs AUX-IN and MDI are used to connect external audio sources (e.g. iPodor MP3 player) and play back music from these devices via your factory-fit ted radioor radio navigat ion system.

The descript ion of the operat ion can be found in the relevant Owner's Manual ofyour radio or your radio navigat ion system.

Note● The loudspeakers in the vehicle are matched to a power output of the radioand radio navigat ion system of 4x 20 W.

● For the equipment sound system, the loudspeakers are matched to a poweroutput of the amplifier of 4x40°W + 6x20 W. �

125Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 128: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

CD change

Fig. 113 The CD changer

The CD changer for the radio and radio navigat ion system is housed on the left -hand side of the luggage compartment.

Insert a CD

– Touch the but ton A ⇒  fig. 113 and guide the CD (compact disc) into the CD-case B . The CD is automat ically loaded onto the lowest free posit ion in the CDchanger. The LED in the corresponding but ton D stops f lashing.

Fill CD changer w it h CDs

– Hold the but ton A pressed and guide the CDs one after the other (maximum6 CDs) into the CD case B . The LEDs in the but tons D are no longer flashing.

Insert ing a CD to one definit e posit ion

– Press on the but ton A . The LEDs in the but tons D light up at the memoryspaces, which are already assigned and flash in the case of free memoryspaces.

– Touch the but ton D and insert the CD into the CD slot B .

Eject ing a CD

– Briefly press on the but ton C , in order to eject a CD. For assigned memoryspaces, now the LEDs light up in the but tons D .

– Touch the corresponding but ton D . The CD is ejected.

Eject ing all CDs

– Hold the but ton C pressed for more than 2 seconds, in order to eject the CDs.All CDs in the CD-changer are ejected consecut ively.

Note● Always guide the CD into the CD-case B with the printed side point ing up-wards.

● Never push the CD with force into the CD-case as the insert ion is performedautomat ically.

● After loading a CD into the CD-changer, you must wait unt il the LED of the cor-responding but ton D lights up. Then the CD-case B is free to load the next CD.

● If you have selected a posit ion, on which a CD is already located, this CD will beejected. Take out the ejected CD and load the desired CD. �

DVD-preinstallat ion

Fig. 114 Seat backrest - lef t front seat / right front seat

Descript ion

Openings for at tachment of DVD player holderAudio/video inputConnect ion input , DVD player

Only one DVD pre-installat ion is factory-installed in the seat backrest of the frontseat.

The DVD player holder and DVD player can be purchased from the range of theŠKODA Original Accessories. For a descript ion of the cont rols, refer to the operat -ing inst ruct ions for these devices and equipment . £

A

B

C

126 Communicat ion

Page 129: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● If t here are passengers of both of t he rear seat s, the DVD player holdermust not be used alone (w ithout t he DVD player) - risk of injury!

● The inclinat ion of t he holder can be adjusted to three preset posit ions.Risk of f inger injuries between t he holder and t he backrest in case of changesin t he posit ion of t he DVD player holder.

● Do not use t he DVD player holder when t he rear seat backrest or the rearseat is folded forward or has been removed completely.

Not eFollow the instruct ions given in the operat ing inst ruct ions of the DVD player/DVDplayer holder. �

127Communicat ion

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 130: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Safety

Passive Safety

Basic informat ion

Driving the safe way

Passive safety measures reduce the risk of injury in accident situa-t ions.

In this sect ion you will f ind important informat ion, t ips and notes on the subject ofpassive safety in your vehicle. We have combined everything here which youshould be familiar with, for example, regarding seat belts, airbags, child seats andsafety of children. Therefore, please follow especially the notes and warnings inthis sect ion in your own interest and in the interest of your passengers.

WARNING● This chapter contains important informat ion on how to use t he vehicle forthe driver and his occupants. You will f ind further informat ion on safet y, whichconcerns you and t hose t ravelling w it h you, in t he follow ing chapters of t hisOwner's Manual.

● The complete on-board lit erature should always be in t he vehicle. This ap-plies in part icular, if you rent out or sell t he vehicle. �

Safety equipment

The safety equipment is part of the occupant protect ion and it canreduce the risk of injuries in accident situat ions.

“Do not put at risk” your safety and the safety of those t ravelling with you . In theevent of an accident , the safety equipment can reduce the risk of injuries.

The following list contains part of the safety equipment in your vehicle:

● Three-point seat belts for all the seats,● belt force limiter for front seats,● belt tensioner for front seats,

● seat belt height adjuster for front seats,● front airbag for the driver and front passenger,● driver's knee airbag,● front side airbags,● rear side airbags,● head airbags;● anchoring points for child seat using the “ISOFIX” system,● anchoring points for child seat using the “Top Tether” system,● head restraint adjustable for height ,● adjustable steering column.

The specif ied safety equipment works together, in order to opt imally protect youand those t ravelling with you in accident situat ions. The safety equipment doesnot protect you or the people t ravelling with you, if you or your occupants adoptan incorrect seated posit ion or the equipment is not correct ly adjusted or used.

For this reason you will be provided with informat ion on why these equipmentcomponents are very important , how it protects you and the occupants, whatshould be observed when using the equipment and how you and the people t rav-elling with you can make full use of the exist ing safety equipment. This Owner'sManual contains important warning notes, which you and those t ravelling withyou should pay at tent ion to in order to reduce a risk of injury.

Safet y concerns everybody! �

Before set t ing of f

The driver is always fully responsible for his occupants and for theoperat ing safety of the vehicle.

For your own safety and the safety of the people t ravelling with you, please payattent ion to the following points before set t ing off:● Ensure that the light ing and the turn signal systems are funct ioning properly.● Inspect the tyre inflat ion pressure.● Ensure that all the windows offer a good visibilit y to the outside. £

128 Passive Safety

Page 131: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

● Safely at tach the items of luggage ⇒  page 70, Loading the luggage compart -ment .● Ensure that no objects can obst ruct the pedal.● Adjust the mirror, the front seat and the head rest raint to match your bodysize.● Point out to your occupants that the head rest raints must be adjusted tomatch their body size.● Protect the children in suitable child seats with correct ly fastened seat belts⇒  page 146, Transport ing children safely.● Adopt the correct seated posit ion ⇒  page 129, Correct seated posit ion. Alsoinform your occupants to adopt the correct seated posit ion.● Fasten the seat belt correct ly. Also inform your occupants to properly fastenthe seat belts ⇒  page 134, How are seat belts correct ly fastened?. �

What inf luences the driving safety?

The driving safety is primarily determined by the style of drivingand the personal behaviour of all the occupants.

The driver is fully responsible for himself and his occupants. If your driving safetyis effected, you place yourself and the oncoming t raff ic at risk. Please refer to thefollowing guidelines.● Do not get dist racted from concentrat ing on the t raff ic situat ion, e.g. by youroccupants or mobile phone calls.● Never drive when your driving abilit y is impaired, e.g. through medicat ion, alco-hol, drugs.● Keep to the t raff ic regulat ions and the permissible speed limit .● Adjust the driving speed at all t imes to the road condit ion as well as to thetraff ic and weather condit ions.● Take regular breaks on long journeys - at the latest every two hours. �

Correct seated posit ion

Correct seated posit ion for t he driver

Correct seated posit ion for the driver is important for safe and re-laxed driving.

Fig. 115 The correct distance of the driver f rom the steering wheel and the gear lever/Thecorrect head rest raint adjust ment for the driver

For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident, werecommend the following set t ing.

● Posit ion the steering wheel so that there is a gap of at least 25 cm betweenthe steering wheel and the chest , and the distance between the legs and the gearlever at the height of the knee airbag is at least 10 cm ⇒  f ig. 115 - left .● Posit ion the driver seat in the forward/back direct ion so that you are able topress the pedals with your legs at a slight angle, and the distance between theknee and the gear lever is at least 10 cm.● Adjust the seat backrest so that you are able to reach the highest point of thesteering wheel with your arms at a slight angle.● Adjust the head rest raint so that the top edge of the head rest raint is at thesame level as the upper part of your head ⇒  f ig. 115 - right .● Fasten the seat belt correct ly ⇒  page 134, How are seat belts correct ly fas-tened?.

Manual driver seat adjustment ⇒  page 61, Adjust ing the front seats.

Electrical driver seat adjustment ⇒  page 63, Adjust ing front seats elect rically. £

129Passive Safety

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 132: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The front seat s and the head rest raint s must always be adjusted t o matchthe body size of t he seat occupant as well as t he seat belts must always becorrect ly fastened in order t o provide an opt imal protect ion for you and youroccupants.

● The driver must maintain a dist ance of at least 25 cm between t he steeringwheel, and a dist ance of at least 10 cm between t he legs and the gear lever atthe height of t he knee airbag ⇒  f ig. 115 - lef t . Not maintaining t his minimumdistance w ill mean t hat the airbag system will not be able to properly protectyou - hazard!

● When driving, hold the steering wheel wit h both hands f irmly on t he outeredge in t he 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posit ion. Never hold t he steering wheelf irmly in t he 12 o'clock posit ion or in another way (e.g. in t he middle of thesteering wheel or at t he inner st eering wheel edge). In such cases, injuries t othe arms, the hands and the head can occur when t he driver airbag is de-ployed.

● The seat backrests must not be angled t oo far back when driving other-wise t his will af fect proper operat ion of t he seat belt s and of t he airbag sys-tem - risk of injury!

● Ensure that there are no objects in t he footwell as any object s may get be-hind t he pedals during a driving or braking manoeuvre. You would t hen nolonger be able t o operate t he clut ch, t o brake or accelerate. �

Correct seated posit ion for t he f ront passenger

The front passenger must maintain a distance of at least 25 cmfrom the dash panel so that the airbag offers him the greatest pos-sible safety it is deployed.

For the safety of the front passenger and to reduce the risk of injury in the eventof an accident, we recommend the following set t ing.● Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible to the rear.● Adjust the head rest raint so that the top edge of the head rest raint is at thesame level as the upper part of your head ⇒  f ig. 115 - right .● Fasten the seat belt correct ly ⇒  page 134, How are seat belts correct ly fas-tened?.

In except ional cases the front passenger airbag can be deact ivated ⇒  page 144,Deact ivat ing an airbag.

Manual front passenger adjustment ⇒  page 61.

Elect rical front passenger seat adjustment ⇒  page 63, Adjust ing front seats elec-t rically.

WARNING● The front seat s and t he head rest raint s must always be adjusted to matchthe body size of the seat occupant as well as t he seat belt s must always becorrect ly fastened in order to provide an opt imal protect ion for you and youroccupants.

● The front passenger must maintain a dist ance of at least 25 cm to t he dashpanel. Not maintaining t his minimum distance will mean that t he airbag sys-tem w ill not be able t o properly protect you - hazard!

● Always keep your feet in t he footwell when the car is being driven - neverplace your feet on the inst rument panel, out of the w indow or on the surfacesof t he seat s. You will be exposed t o increased risk of injury if it becomes nec-essary t o apply t he brake or in t he event of an accident . If an airbag is de-ployed, you may suf fer fatal injuries when adopt ing an incorrect seated posi-t ion!

● The seat backrest s must not be angled too far back when driving other-wise this w ill af fect proper operat ion of the seat belt s and of the airbag sys-tem - risk of injury! �

Correct seated posit ion for t he occupants on the rear seats

Occupants on the rear seats must sit upright , keep the feet in thefootwell and must have their seat belts correctly fastened.

To reduce the risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or an acci-dent, the occupants on the rear seats must observe the following:● Adjust the head rest raints so that the top edge of the head restraints is at thesame level as the upper part of your head ⇒  fig. 115 - on the right .● Fasten the seat belt correct ly ⇒  page 134, How are seat belts correct ly fas-tened?.● If you are t ransport ing ⇒  page 146, Transport ing children safely children in thevehicle, please use a suitable child rest raint system. £

130 Passive Safety

Page 133: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

WARNING● The head rest raints must always be adjusted to match t he body size, in or-der to of fer an opt imal protect ion for you and your occupants.

● Always keep your feet in t he footwell when t he car is being driven - neverput your feet out of the w indow or on t he surfaces of the seats. You will beexposed t o increased risk of injury if it becomes necessary t o apply t he brakeor in t he event of an accident . If t he head airbag is deployed and when adopt -ing an incorrect seated posit ion, you are exposing yourself t o an increased riskof injury and in t he event of an accident you may suffer fatal injuries!

● If t he occupants on t he rear seat s are not sit t ing upright , the risk of injuryis increased due t o incorrect rout ing of the seat belt . �

Examples of an incorrect seated posit ion

An incorrect seated posit ion can lead to severe injuries or death forthe occupants.

Seat belts offer their opt imum protect ion only if the webbing of the seat belts isproperly routed. Incorrect seated posit ions considerably reduce the protect ivefunct ions of the seat belts and therefore increase the risk of injury due to an in-correct rout ing of the seat belt . The driver is fully responsible for himself and theoccupants, in part icular for the children. Do not permit an occupant to adopt anincorrect seated posit ion when the car is moving.

The following list contains the examples of seated posit ions which are dangerousfor the occupants. This list is not complete, however, we want to direct your at -tent ion to this subject .

Therefore, while the car is moving never:

● stand up in the vehicle,● stand up on the seats,● kneel onto the seats,● t ilt the seat backrest fully to the back,● lean against the dash panel,● lie on the rear seats,● only sit on the front area of the seat ,● sit to the side,● lean out of the window,● put the feet out of the window,

● put the feet on the dash panel,● put the feet on the seat upholstery,● occupy the footwell,● have the seat belt not fastened,● occupy the luggage compartment .

WARNING● If t he occupant adopts an incorrect seated posit ion, he is exposed t o life-threatening injuries, in case he is hit by a deployed airbag.

● Before set t ing of f , please adopt t he correct seated posit ion and do notchange this seated posit ion while t he car is moving. Also advise your occu-pant s t o adopt t he correct seated posit ion and not t o change t his seated posi-t ion while t he car is moving. �

131Passive Safety

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 134: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

Seat belt s

Why seat belt s?

Fig. 116 Driver wearing seat belt

It is a proven fact that seat belts offer good protect ion in accidents ⇒  f ig. 116. Thuswearing a seat belt is a legal requirement in most countries.

Seat belts which have been correct ly fastened and adjusted hold the occupants ofthe car in the correct seated posit ion ⇒  f ig. 116. The seat belts reduce the kinet icenergy (energy of mot ion) to a considerable extent . They also prevent uncont rol-led movements which, in turn, may well result in severe injuries.

The occupants of a vehicle who have fastened and correct ly adjusted their seatbelt , profit to a major extent from the fact that the kinet ic energy is opt imally ab-sorbed by the belts. The st ructure of the front end of the vehicle and other pas-sive safety measures, such as the airbag system, also cont ribute to reducing thekinet ic energy. The energy produced is thus absorbed and there is less risk of in-jury.

Accident stat ist ics prove that seat belts which are fastened and properly adjustedreduce the risk of an injury and enhance the chance of survival in a major accident⇒  page 132.

It is important that you pay at tent ion to safety measures, part icularly when t rans-port ing children in the vehicle ⇒  page 146, What you should know about t rans-port ing children!.

WARNING● Fasten your seat belt each t ime before set t ing of f - also when driving intown! This also applies t o the people seated at t he rear - risk of injury!

● Expectant women must also always wear a seat belt . This is t he only wayof ensuring opt imal protect ion for t he unborn child ⇒  page 134, How are seatbelt s correct ly fastened?.

● It is important for t he belt webbing t o be properly routed if the seat belt sare t o of fer t he maximum protect ion. You can see a descript ion of how safet ybelt s should be f it t ed properly on the next pages.

NotePlease comply with any differing legal requirements when using the seat belts. �

The physical principle of a frontal collision

Fig. 117 The driver is cat apult ed forward if not wearing a belt / The rear seat occupant is cata-pulted forward if not wearing a belt

The physical principle of a frontal accident can be explained quite simply:

Mot ion energy, so-called kinet ic energy, is produced as soon as the vehicle is mov-ing, both for the vehicle and its occupants. The magnitude of this kinet ic energydepends essent ially on the speed at which the vehicle is t ravelling and on theweight of the vehicle including the occupants. The greater the speed and weightincrease, the greater the amount of energy which has to be absorbed in the eventof an accident . £

132 Seat belt s

Page 135: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

The speed of the vehicle is, nevertheless, the most important factor. Doubling thespeed of the vehicle from 25 km/h up to 50 km/hour increases the kinet ic energyfour t imes.

The common opinion that it is possible to support your body in a minor accidentwith your hands, is incorrect . Even in a collision at only a low speed, the forcesact ing on the body are such that it is no longer possible to support your body.

Even if you only drive at a speed within the range from 30 km/hour to 50 km/hour,the forces which are produced on your body in the event of an accident can easilyexceed 10.000 N (Newton). This equals a weight of one tonne (1 000 kg).

In the event of a frontal collision, occupants of the vehicle not wearing a seat beltare thrown forward and st rike in an uncontrolled way parts of the interior of thevehicle, such as steering wheel, dash panel, windshield ⇒  fig. 117 - left . The occu-pants of a vehicle who have not fastened their seat belts may even be thrown outof the vehicle. This can result in fatal injuries.

It is also important that rear seat occupants fasten their seat belts as they willotherwise be thrown through the vehicle in an uncontrolled manner in the eventof an accident A rear seat passenger who has not fastened the seat belt is a dan-ger not only to himself but also for those seated at the front ⇒  f ig. 117 - right . �

Important safet y informat ion regarding the use ofseat belt s

The correct use of the seat belts considerably reduces the risk ofinjury!

WARNING● The belt webbing must not be jammed in-between at any point or tw isted,or chafe against any sharp edges.

● It is important t hat t he belt webbing is properly routed if the seat belt s areto of fer their maximum protect ion ⇒  page 134.

● No two persons (also not children) should ever use a single seat belt t o-gether.

● The maximum protect ion which seat belt s can of fer is only achieved if youare correct ly seated ⇒  page 129, Correct seated posit ion.

WARNING (Cont inued)

● The belt webbing must not run across solid or f ragile objects (e.g. specta-cles, ball-point pens, keys etc.) as t his may be a cause of injuries.

● Many layers of clothing and loose clothing (e. g. a winter coat over a jacket )do not allow you to be correct ly seated and impairs proper operat ion of t heseat belts.

● It is prohibit ed t o use clamps or other object s t o adjust seat belt s (e. g. forshortening t he belt s for smaller persons).

● The lock tongue should only be insert ed into the lock which is t he correctone for your seat . Wrong use of t he safet y belt w ill reduce its capacit y t o pro-tect and t he risk of injury increases.

● The seat backrests of t he front seats must not be t ilt ed t oo far to the rearotherwise t he seatbelts can lose t heir ef fect iveness.

● The belt webbing must always be kept clean. Soiled belt webbing may im-pair proper operat ion of the inert ia reel ⇒  page 185, Seat belts.

● The slot of the belt t ongue must not be blocked by paper or similar object sotherwise t he belt t ongue will not lock in place properly.

● Inspect t he seat belt s regularly t o ensure they are in good condit ion. If youfind seat belt s which have damage t o the belt , the seat belt connect ions, tothe inert ia reel or t o t he lock, t he relevant seat belt must be replaced by aspecialist garage.

● The seat belts must not be removed or changed in any way. Do not makean at t empt t o repair the seat belt s yourself .

● Damaged seat belt s which have been subjected t o st ress in an accidentand were therefore st ret ched, must be replaced - this is best done by a spe-cialist garage. The anchorage point s of t he belt s must also be inspected. Theanchorage point s for t he belt s should also be checked.

● In cert ain count ries it is possible t o use seat belt s which dif fer in t erms oftheir operat ion f rom the seat belt s which are described on the pages whichfollow. �

133Seat belt s

Using t he system Safety Driving Tips General Maintenance Breakdown assist ance Technical data

Page 136: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual

How are seat belt s correct ly fastened?

Fastening three-point seat belt s

Fasten your seat belt before start ing!

Fig. 118 Rout ing of belt webbing for an expectant mother/ rout ing of belt webbing over theshoulders and the lap belt

– Correct ly adjust the front seat and the head restraint before fastening yourseat belt ⇒  page 65, Head restraints.

– Slowly pull the belt webbing at the tongue of the lock over your chest and pel-vis ⇒   .

– Insert the tongue of the lock into the seat belt buckle belonging to the seatunt il it is heard to lock in place.

– Pull on the seat belt to check that it has also reliably engaged in the lock.

Each three-point seat belt is equipped with an inert ia reel. This inert ia reel offersyou complete freedom of movement if the belt is unreeled slowly. If the brakesare applied suddenly, the inert ia reel will block. The belts also block when the caraccelerates, when driving downhill and when cornering.

Expectant mothers must also wear the seat belt ⇒   .

WARNING● The shoulder part of t he seat belt must never run across your neck butmust run approximately over the middle of t he shoulder and f it snugly againstthe chest . The lap part of t he belt must run across t he hip and must never berouted across t he stomach. It must always f it snugly ⇒  f ig. 118 on the right . Ad-just t he belt webbing as required.

● The lap part of t he belt should be posit ioned as low as possible at t he pel-vis of an expectant mother in order t o avoid exert ing any pressure on t he low-er abdomen ⇒  f ig. 118 - lef t .

● Always ensure that t he webbing of the seat belt s is properly routed. Seatbelt s which are not correct ly adjusted can t hemselves cause injuries even inminor accident s.

● A seat belt which is hanging t oo loose can result in injuries as your body ismoved forward by the kinet ic energy produced in an accident and is t hen sud-denly held f irm by t he belt .

● Only insert t he lock tongue into t he lock which is t he correct one for yourseat . This w ill af fect the protect ion which the belt of fers and increase t he riskof an injury. �

Seat belt height adjuster on the front seats

Fig. 119 Front seat : Seat belt height ad-just er

The seat belt height adjuster makes it possible for you to adapt the rout ing of thefront three-point seat belt in the area of the shoulder to match your body size.

– Move the height adjuster in the desired direct ion up or down ⇒  f ig. 119.

– Then pull firmly on the belt to ensure that the seat belt height adjuster hascorrect ly locked in place. £

134 Seat belt s

Page 137: Skoda Yeti Owners Manual